GitInfo: Don't try shelling out if it's disabled
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40
41 /**
42 * @cond file_level_code
43 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
44 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
45 */
46 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
47 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
48 die( 1 );
49 }
50
51 /** @endcond */
52
53 /**
54 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
55 * Not used for much in a default install.
56 * @since 1.5
57 */
58 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
59
60 /**
61 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
62 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
63 * callable.
64 * @since 1.23
65 */
66 $wgConfigRegistry = [
67 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
68 ];
69
70 /**
71 * MediaWiki version number
72 * @since 1.2
73 */
74 $wgVersion = '1.32.0-alpha';
75
76 /**
77 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
78 */
79 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
80
81 /**
82 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
83 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
84 * @var bool
85 * @since 1.26
86 */
87 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
88
89 /**
90 * URL of the server.
91 *
92 * @par Example:
93 * @code
94 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
95 * @endcode
96 *
97 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
98 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
99 * case, set this variable to fix it.
100 *
101 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
102 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
103 * to a fully qualified URL.
104 */
105 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
106
107 /**
108 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
109 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
110 *
111 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
112 * @since 1.18
113 */
114 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
115
116 /**
117 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
118 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
119 * @since 1.24
120 */
121 $wgServerName = false;
122
123 /************************************************************************//**
124 * @name Script path settings
125 * @{
126 */
127
128 /**
129 * The path we should point to.
130 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
131 *
132 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
133 *
134 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
135 * set in LocalSettings.php
136 */
137 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
138
139 /**
140 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
141 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
142 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
143 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
144 * problems on Apache as well.
145 *
146 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
147 *
148 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
149 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
150 *
151 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
152 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
153 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
154 * @since 1.2.1
155 */
156 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
157 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
158 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
159
160 /**@}*/
161
162 /************************************************************************//**
163 * @name URLs and file paths
164 *
165 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
166 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
167 *
168 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
169 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
170 *
171 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
172 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
173 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
174 *
175 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
176 *
177 * @{
178 */
179
180 /**
181 * The URL path to index.php.
182 *
183 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
184 */
185 $wgScript = false;
186
187 /**
188 * The URL path to load.php.
189 *
190 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
191 * @since 1.17
192 */
193 $wgLoadScript = false;
194
195 /**
196 * The URL path of the skins directory.
197 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
198 * @since 1.3
199 */
200 $wgStylePath = false;
201 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
202
203 /**
204 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
205 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
206 * @since 1.17
207 */
208 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
209
210 /**
211 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
212 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
213 * @since 1.16
214 */
215 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
216
217 /**
218 * Filesystem extensions directory.
219 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
220 * @since 1.25
221 */
222 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
223
224 /**
225 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
226 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
227 * @since 1.3
228 */
229 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
230
231 /**
232 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
233 * which is replaced by the article title.
234 *
235 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
236 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
237 */
238 $wgArticlePath = false;
239
240 /**
241 * The URL path for the images directory.
242 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
243 */
244 $wgUploadPath = false;
245
246 /**
247 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
248 */
249 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
250
251 /**
252 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
253 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
254 */
255 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
256
257 /**
258 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
259 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
260 */
261 $wgLogo = false;
262
263 /**
264 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
265 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
266 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
267 *
268 * @par Example:
269 * @code
270 * $wgLogoHD = [
271 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
272 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
273 * ];
274 * @endcode
275 *
276 * SVG is also supported but when enabled, it
277 * disables 1.5x and 2x as svg will already
278 * be optimised for screen resolution.
279 *
280 * @par Example:
281 * @code
282 * $wgLogoHD = [
283 * "svg" => "path/to/svg_version.svg",
284 * ];
285 * @endcode
286 *
287 * @since 1.25
288 */
289 $wgLogoHD = false;
290
291 /**
292 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
293 * @since 1.6
294 */
295 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
296
297 /**
298 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
299 * Defaults to no icon.
300 * @since 1.12
301 */
302 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
303
304 /**
305 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
306 * One or more of the values defined in the Referrer Policy specification:
307 * https://w3c.github.io/webappsec-referrer-policy/
308 * ('no-referrer', 'no-referrer-when-downgrade', 'same-origin',
309 * 'origin', 'strict-origin', 'origin-when-cross-origin',
310 * 'strict-origin-when-cross-origin', or 'unsafe-url')
311 * Setting it to false prevents the meta tag from being output
312 * (which results in falling back to the Referrer-Policy header,
313 * or 'no-referrer-when-downgrade' if that's not set either.)
314 * Setting it to an array (supported since 1.31) will create a meta tag for
315 * each value, in the reverse of the order (meaning that the first array element
316 * will be the default and the others used as fallbacks for browsers which do not
317 * understand it).
318 *
319 * @var array|string|bool
320 * @since 1.25
321 */
322 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
323
324 /**
325 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
326 * be web accessible.
327 *
328 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
329 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
330 * logic.
331 *
332 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
333 * variable.
334 *
335 * @see wfTempDir()
336 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
337 */
338 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
339
340 /**
341 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
342 * upload URL.
343 * @since 1.4
344 */
345 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
346
347 /**
348 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
349 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
350 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
351 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
352 * @since 1.17
353 */
354 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
355
356 /**
357 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
358 * plain page views, add to this array.
359 *
360 * @par Example:
361 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
362 * @code
363 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
364 * @endcode
365 *
366 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
367 * URLs.
368 * @since 1.5
369 */
370 $wgActionPaths = [];
371
372 /**@}*/
373
374 /************************************************************************//**
375 * @name Files and file uploads
376 * @{
377 */
378
379 /**
380 * Uploads have to be specially set up to be secure
381 */
382 $wgEnableUploads = false;
383
384 /**
385 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
386 */
387 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
388
389 /**
390 * Allows to move images and other media files
391 */
392 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
393
394 /**
395 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
396 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
397 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
398 *
399 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
400 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
401 */
402 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
403
404 /**
405 * Additional characters that are not allowed in filenames. They are replaced with '-' when
406 * uploading. Like $wgLegalTitleChars, this is a regexp character class.
407 *
408 * Slashes and backslashes are disallowed regardless of this setting, but included here for
409 * completeness.
410 */
411 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":\\/\\\\";
412
413 /**
414 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
415 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
416 */
417 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
418
419 /**
420 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
421 */
422 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
423
424 /**
425 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
426 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
427 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
428 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
429 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
430 *
431 * Example:
432 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
433 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
434 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
435 *
436 * @see $wgFileBackends
437 */
438 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
439
440 /**
441 * File repository structures
442 *
443 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
444 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
445 * array of properties configuring the repository.
446 *
447 * Properties required for all repos:
448 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
449 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
450 *
451 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
452 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
453 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
454 *
455 * For most core repos:
456 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
457 * container : backend container name the zone is in
458 * directory : root path within container for the zone
459 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
460 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
461 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
462 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
463 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
464 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
465 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
466 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
467 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
468 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
469 * handler instead.
470 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
471 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
472 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
473 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
474 * - pathDisclosureProtection
475 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
476 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
477 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
478 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
479 * is 0644.
480 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
481 * some remote repos.
482 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
483 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
484 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
485 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
486 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
487 *
488 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
489 * for local repositories:
490 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
491 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
492 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
493 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
494 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page. Equivalent to
495 * $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
496 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
497 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
498 *
499 * ForeignDBRepo:
500 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
501 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
502 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
503 * - hasSharedCache True if the wiki's shared cache is accessible via the local $wgMemc
504 *
505 * ForeignAPIRepo:
506 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
507 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
508 *
509 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
510 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
511 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
512 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
513 * be searched after the local file repo.
514 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
515 *
516 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
517 */
518 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
519
520 /**
521 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
522 */
523 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
524
525 /**
526 * Use Commons as a remote file repository. Essentially a wrapper, when this
527 * is enabled $wgForeignFileRepos will point at Commons with a set of default
528 * settings
529 */
530 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
531
532 /**
533 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
534 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
535 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
536 * The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
537 *
538 * Example:
539 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ];
540 */
541 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'local' ];
542
543 /**
544 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
545 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
546 *
547 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
548 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
549 *
550 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
551 */
552 $wgUploadDialog = [
553 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
554 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
555 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
556 'fields' => [
557 'description' => true,
558 'date' => false,
559 'categories' => false,
560 ],
561 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
562 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
563 'licensemessages' => [
564 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
565 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
566 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
567 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
568 'local' => 'generic-local',
569 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
570 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
571 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
572 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
573 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
574 ],
575 // Upload comments to use for 'local' and 'foreign' uploads. This can also be set to a single
576 // string value, in which case it is used for both kinds of uploads. Available replacements:
577 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
578 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
579 'comment' => [
580 'local' => '',
581 'foreign' => '',
582 ],
583 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
584 'format' => [
585 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
586 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
587 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
588 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
589 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
590 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
591 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
592 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
593 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
594 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
595 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
596 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
597 // * $TEXT - input by the user
598 'description' => '$TEXT',
599 'ownwork' => '',
600 'license' => '',
601 'uncategorized' => '',
602 ],
603 ];
604
605 /**
606 * File backend structure configuration.
607 *
608 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
609 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
610 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
611 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
612 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
613 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
614 *
615 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
616 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
617 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
618 *
619 * FileBackendMultiWrite::__construct() is augmented with a 'template' option that
620 * can be used in any of the values of the 'backends' array. Its value is the name of
621 * another backend in $wgFileBackends. When set, it pre-fills the array with all of the
622 * configuration of the named backend. Explicitly set values in the array take precedence.
623 *
624 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
625 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
626 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
627 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
628 * Setting 'wikiId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
629 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
630 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
631 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
632 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
633 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
634 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
635 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
636 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
637 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
638 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
639 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
640 */
641 $wgFileBackends = [];
642
643 /**
644 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
645 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
646 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
647 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
648 *
649 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
650 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
651 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
652 *
653 * When using DBLockManager, the 'dbsByBucket' map can reference 'localDBMaster' as
654 * a peer database in each bucket. This will result in an extra connection to the domain
655 * that the LockManager services, which must also be a valid wiki ID.
656 */
657 $wgLockManagers = [];
658
659 /**
660 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
661 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: https://secure.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
662 *
663 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
664 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
665 * extensions" section of php.ini:
666 * @code{.ini}
667 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
668 * @endcode
669 */
670 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
671
672 /**
673 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
674 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
675 * Defaults to false.
676 */
677 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
678
679 /**
680 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can define a shared upload path here.
681 * Uploads to this wiki will NOT be put there - they will be put into
682 * $wgUploadDirectory.
683 * If $wgUseSharedUploads is set, the wiki will look in the shared repository if
684 * no file of the given name is found in the local repository (for [[File:..]],
685 * [[Media:..]] links). Thumbnails will also be looked for and generated in this
686 * directory.
687 *
688 * Note that these configuration settings can now be defined on a per-
689 * repository basis for an arbitrary number of file repositories, using the
690 * $wgForeignFileRepos variable.
691 */
692 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
693
694 /**
695 * Full path on the web server where shared uploads can be found
696 */
697 $wgSharedUploadPath = null;
698
699 /**
700 * Fetch commons image description pages and display them on the local wiki?
701 */
702 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
703
704 /**
705 * Path on the file system where shared uploads can be found.
706 */
707 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = null;
708
709 /**
710 * DB name with metadata about shared directory.
711 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
712 */
713 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
714
715 /**
716 * Optional table prefix used in database.
717 */
718 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
719
720 /**
721 * Cache shared metadata in memcached.
722 * Don't do this if the commons wiki is in a different memcached domain
723 */
724 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
725
726 /**
727 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
728 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
729 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
730 */
731 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
732
733 /**
734 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
735 *
736 * @since 1.20
737 */
738 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
739
740 /**
741 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
742 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
743 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
744 */
745 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
746
747 /**
748 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
749 * @since 1.20
750 */
751 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
752
753 /**
754 * Different timeout for upload by url
755 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
756 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
757 * to default.
758 *
759 * @var int|bool
760 *
761 * @since 1.22
762 */
763 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
764
765 /**
766 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
767 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
768 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
769 * for non-specified types.
770 *
771 * @par Example:
772 * @code
773 * $wgMaxUploadSize = [
774 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
775 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
776 * ];
777 * @endcode
778 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
779 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
780 */
781 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
782
783 /**
784 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
785 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
786 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
787 * @since 1.26
788 */
789 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
790
791 /**
792 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
793 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
794 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
795 *
796 * @par Example:
797 * @code
798 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
799 * @endcode
800 */
801 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
802
803 /**
804 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
805 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
806 * appended to it as appropriate.
807 */
808 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
809
810 /**
811 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
812 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
813 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
814 * access to the thumbnail path.
815 *
816 * @par Example:
817 * @code
818 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
819 * @endcode
820 */
821 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
822
823 /**
824 * @see $wgThumbnailScriptPath
825 */
826 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
827
828 /**
829 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
830 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
831 *
832 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
833 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
834 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
835 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
836 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
837 *
838 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
839 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
840 */
841 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
842
843 /**
844 * Set the following to false especially if you have a set of files that need to
845 * be accessible by all wikis, and you do not want to use the hash (path/a/aa/)
846 * directory layout.
847 */
848 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
849
850 /**
851 * Base URL for a repository wiki. Leave this blank if uploads are just stored
852 * in a shared directory and not meant to be accessible through a separate wiki.
853 * Otherwise the image description pages on the local wiki will link to the
854 * image description page on this wiki.
855 *
856 * Please specify the namespace, as in the example below.
857 */
858 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = "https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:";
859
860 /**
861 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
862 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
863 *
864 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
865 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
866 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
867 */
868 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
869
870 /**
871 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
872 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
873 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
874 */
875 $wgFileBlacklist = [
876 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
877 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
878 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
879 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps',
880 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
881 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
882 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
883 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
884
885 /**
886 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
887 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
888 */
889 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
890 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
891 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
892 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
893 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
894 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
895 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
896 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
897 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
898 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
899 'application/x-msmetafile',
900 ];
901
902 /**
903 * Allow Java archive uploads.
904 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
905 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
906 */
907 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
908
909 /**
910 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
911 *
912 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
913 */
914 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
915
916 /**
917 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
918 * by $wgFileExtensions.
919 *
920 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
921 */
922 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
923
924 /**
925 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
926 *
927 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
928 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
929 */
930 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
931
932 /**
933 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
934 */
935 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
936
937 /**
938 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
939 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
940 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
941 *
942 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
943 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
944 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
945 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
946 */
947 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
948 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
949 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
950 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
951 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
952 "application/pdf", // PDF files
953 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
954 ];
955
956 /**
957 * Plugins for media file type handling.
958 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
959 *
960 * Core media handlers are listed in MediaHandlerFactory,
961 * and extensions should use extension.json.
962 */
963 $wgMediaHandlers = [];
964
965 /**
966 * Media handler overrides for parser tests (they don't need to generate actual
967 * thumbnails, so a mock will do)
968 */
969 $wgParserTestMediaHandlers = [
970 'image/jpeg' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
971 'image/png' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
972 'image/gif' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
973 'image/tiff' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
974 'image/webp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
975 'image/x-ms-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
976 'image/x-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
977 'image/x-xcf' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
978 'image/svg+xml' => 'MockSvgHandler',
979 'image/vnd.djvu' => 'MockDjVuHandler',
980 ];
981
982 /**
983 * Plugins for page content model handling.
984 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
985 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
986 *
987 * @since 1.21
988 */
989 $wgContentHandlers = [
990 // the usual case
991 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => WikitextContentHandler::class,
992 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
993 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => JavaScriptContentHandler::class,
994 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
995 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => JsonContentHandler::class,
996 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
997 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => CssContentHandler::class,
998 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
999 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => TextContentHandler::class,
1000 ];
1001
1002 /**
1003 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
1004 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
1005 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
1006 */
1007 $wgUseImageResize = true;
1008
1009 /**
1010 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
1011 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
1012 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
1013 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
1014 *
1015 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
1016 */
1017 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
1018
1019 /**
1020 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
1021 */
1022 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
1023
1024 /**
1025 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
1026 * @since 1.27
1027 */
1028 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
1029
1030 /**
1031 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1032 */
1033 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1034
1035 /**
1036 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1037 */
1038 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1039
1040 /**
1041 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1042 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1043 */
1044 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1045
1046 /**
1047 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1048 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1049 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1050 *
1051 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1052 * @code
1053 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1054 * @endcode
1055 *
1056 * Leave as false to skip this.
1057 */
1058 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1059
1060 /**
1061 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1062 *
1063 * @since 1.21
1064 */
1065 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1066
1067 /**
1068 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1069 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1070 * at sharp edges.
1071 *
1072 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1073 *
1074 * Supported values:
1075 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1076 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1077 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1078 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1079 *
1080 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1081 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1082 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1083 *
1084 * @since 1.27
1085 */
1086 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1087
1088 /**
1089 * When scaling a JPEG thumbnail, this is the quality we request
1090 * from the backend. It should be an int between 1 and 100,
1091 * with 100 indicating 100% quality.
1092 *
1093 * @since 1.32
1094 */
1095 $wgJpegQuality = 80;
1096
1097 /**
1098 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1099 * image formats.
1100 */
1101 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1102
1103 /**
1104 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1105 *
1106 * @since 1.26
1107 */
1108 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1109
1110 /**
1111 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1112 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1113 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1114 *
1115 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1116 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1117 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1118 */
1119 $wgSVGConverters = [
1120 'ImageMagick' =>
1121 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1122 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1123 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1124 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1125 . '$output $input',
1126 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1127 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1128 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1129 ];
1130
1131 /**
1132 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1133 */
1134 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1135
1136 /**
1137 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1138 */
1139 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1140
1141 /**
1142 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1143 */
1144 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1145
1146 /**
1147 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1148 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1149 */
1150 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1151
1152 /**
1153 * Disallow <title> element in SVG files.
1154 *
1155 * MediaWiki will reject HTMLesque tags in uploaded files due to idiotic
1156 * browsers which can not perform basic stuff like MIME detection and which are
1157 * vulnerable to further idiots uploading crap files as images.
1158 *
1159 * When this directive is on, "<title>" will be allowed in files with an
1160 * "image/svg+xml" MIME type. You should leave this disabled if your web server
1161 * is misconfigured and doesn't send appropriate MIME types for SVG images.
1162 */
1163 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = false;
1164
1165 /**
1166 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1167 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1168 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1169 *
1170 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1171 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1172 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1173 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1174 *
1175 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1176 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1177 */
1178 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1179
1180 /**
1181 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1182 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1183 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1184 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1185 */
1186 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1187
1188 /**
1189 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1190 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1191 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1192 *
1193 * @par Example:
1194 * @code
1195 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1196 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ];
1197 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1198 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ];
1199 * @endcode
1200 */
1201 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1202
1203 /**
1204 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1205 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1206 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1207 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1208 */
1209 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1210
1211 /**
1212 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1213 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1214 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1215 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1216 */
1217 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1218
1219 /**
1220 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1221 * output instead of showing an error message.
1222 *
1223 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1224 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1225 *
1226 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1227 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1228 * are logged to a file for review.
1229 */
1230 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1231
1232 /**
1233 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1234 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1235 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1236 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1237 * webserver(s).
1238 */
1239 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1240
1241 /**
1242 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1243 */
1244 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1245
1246 /**
1247 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1248 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1249 * is available that can rotate.
1250 */
1251 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1252
1253 /**
1254 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1255 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1256 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1257 */
1258 $wgAntivirus = null;
1259
1260 /**
1261 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1262 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1263 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1264 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1265 *
1266 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1267 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1268 *
1269 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1270 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1271 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1272 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1273 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1274 * path.
1275 *
1276 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1277 * function in SpecialUpload.
1278 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1279 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1280 * is not set.
1281 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1282 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1283 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1284 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1285 * no virus was found.
1286 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1287 * a virus.
1288 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1289 *
1290 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1291 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1292 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1293 */
1294 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1295
1296 # setup for clamav
1297 'clamav' => [
1298 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1299 'codemap' => [
1300 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1301 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1302 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1303 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1304 ],
1305 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1306 ],
1307 ];
1308
1309 /**
1310 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1311 */
1312 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1313
1314 /**
1315 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1316 */
1317 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1318
1319 /**
1320 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1321 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1322 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1323 */
1324 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1325
1326 /**
1327 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1328 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1329 */
1330 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1331
1332 /**
1333 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1334 * the MIME type to standard output.
1335 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1336 * If not set or NULL, PHP's mime_content_type function will be used.
1337 *
1338 * @par Example:
1339 * @code
1340 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1341 * @endcode
1342 */
1343 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1344
1345 /**
1346 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1347 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1348 * can be trusted.
1349 */
1350 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1351
1352 /**
1353 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1354 * array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ]
1355 */
1356 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1357 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1358 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1359 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1360 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1361 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1362 ];
1363
1364 /**
1365 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1366 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1367 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1368 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1369 * change it if you alter the array (see T10858).
1370 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1371 */
1372 $wgImageLimits = [
1373 [ 320, 240 ],
1374 [ 640, 480 ],
1375 [ 800, 600 ],
1376 [ 1024, 768 ],
1377 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1378 ];
1379
1380 /**
1381 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1382 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1383 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1384 */
1385 $wgThumbLimits = [
1386 120,
1387 150,
1388 180,
1389 200,
1390 250,
1391 300
1392 ];
1393
1394 /**
1395 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1396 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1397 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1398 *
1399 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1400 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1401 * supports it.
1402 */
1403 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1404
1405 /**
1406 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1407 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1408 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1409 * following buckets:
1410 *
1411 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ];
1412 *
1413 * and a distance of 50:
1414 *
1415 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1416 *
1417 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1418 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1419 */
1420 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1421
1422 /**
1423 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1424 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1425 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1426 *
1427 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1428 *
1429 * @since 1.25
1430 */
1431
1432 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1433
1434 /**
1435 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1436 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1437 *
1438 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1439 * thumbnail's URL.
1440 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1441 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1442 *
1443 * @since 1.25
1444 */
1445 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1446
1447 /**
1448 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1449 *
1450 * @since 1.25
1451 */
1452 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1453
1454 /**
1455 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1456 * HTTP request to.
1457 *
1458 * @since 1.25
1459 */
1460 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1461
1462 /**
1463 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1464 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1465 *
1466 * @since 1.26
1467 */
1468 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1469
1470 /**
1471 * Parameters for the "<gallery>" tag.
1472 * Fields are:
1473 * - imagesPerRow: Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1474 * - imageWidth: Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1475 * - imageHeight: Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1476 * - captionLength: Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename".
1477 * A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS
1478 * and will be the behaviour after deprecation.
1479 * @deprecated since 1.28
1480 * - showBytes: Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1481 * - showDimensions: Show the dimensions (width x height) in categories
1482 * - mode: Gallery mode
1483 */
1484 $wgGalleryOptions = [];
1485
1486 /**
1487 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1488 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1489 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1490 */
1491 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1492
1493 /**
1494 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1495 */
1496 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1497
1498 /**
1499 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1500 *
1501 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1502 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1503 *
1504 * On older browsers, a JavaScript polyfill switches the appropriate images in after loading
1505 * the original low-resolution versions depending on the reported window.devicePixelRatio.
1506 * The polyfill can be found in the jquery.hidpi module.
1507 */
1508 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1509
1510 /**
1511 * @name DJVU settings
1512 * @{
1513 */
1514
1515 /**
1516 * Path of the djvudump executable
1517 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1518 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1519 */
1520 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1521
1522 /**
1523 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1524 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1525 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1526 */
1527 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1528
1529 /**
1530 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1531 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1532 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1533 */
1534 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1535
1536 /**
1537 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1538 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1539 *
1540 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1541 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1542 * the efficiency problem.
1543 * https://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1544 *
1545 * @par Example:
1546 * @code
1547 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1548 * @endcode
1549 */
1550 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1551
1552 /**
1553 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1554 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1555 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1556 */
1557 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1558
1559 /**
1560 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1561 */
1562 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1563
1564 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1565
1566 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1567
1568 /************************************************************************//**
1569 * @name Email settings
1570 * @{
1571 */
1572
1573 /**
1574 * Site admin email address.
1575 *
1576 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName" (in Setup.php).
1577 */
1578 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1579
1580 /**
1581 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1582 *
1583 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder,
1584 * as well as other e-mail notifications.
1585 *
1586 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName" (in Setup.php).
1587 */
1588 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1589
1590 /**
1591 * Sender name for e-mail notifications.
1592 *
1593 * @deprecated since 1.23; use the system message 'emailsender' instead.
1594 */
1595 $wgPasswordSenderName = 'MediaWiki Mail';
1596
1597 /**
1598 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1599 *
1600 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender (in Setup.php).
1601 */
1602 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1603
1604 /**
1605 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1606 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1607 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1608 */
1609 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1610
1611 /**
1612 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1613 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1614 */
1615 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1616
1617 /**
1618 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail blacklist.
1619 *
1620 * @since 1.30
1621 */
1622 $wgEnableUserEmailBlacklist = false;
1623
1624 /**
1625 * If true put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1626 * instead of From (false). ($wgPasswordSender will be used as From.)
1627 *
1628 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1629 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1630 * when bounces are sent to the sender. In addition, DMARC restrictions
1631 * can cause emails to fail to be received when false.
1632 */
1633 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = true;
1634
1635 /**
1636 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1637 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1638 */
1639 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1640
1641 /**
1642 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1643 */
1644 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1645
1646 /**
1647 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1648 */
1649 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1650
1651 /**
1652 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1653 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1654 */
1655 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1656
1657 /**
1658 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1659 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1660 */
1661 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1662
1663 /**
1664 * SMTP Mode.
1665 *
1666 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1667 * Default to false or fill an array :
1668 *
1669 * @code
1670 * $wgSMTP = [
1671 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1672 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1673 * 'port' => '25',
1674 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1675 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1676 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1677 * ];
1678 * @endcode
1679 */
1680 $wgSMTP = false;
1681
1682 /**
1683 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1684 */
1685 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1686
1687 /**
1688 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1689 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1690 */
1691 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1692
1693 /**
1694 * Allow sending of e-mail notifications with the editor's address as sender.
1695 *
1696 * This setting depends on $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress also being enabled.
1697 * If both are enabled, notifications for actions from users that have opted-in,
1698 * will be sent to other users with their address as "From" instead of "Reply-To".
1699 *
1700 * If disabled, or not opted-in, notifications come from $wgPasswordSender.
1701 *
1702 * @var bool
1703 */
1704 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1705
1706 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1707 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1708 # enable or disable at their discretion
1709 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1710 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1711
1712 /**
1713 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1714 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1715 * spam relay.
1716 */
1717 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1718
1719 /**
1720 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1721 */
1722 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1723
1724 /**
1725 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1726 * user talk page.
1727 *
1728 * The owner of the user talk page must also have the 'enotifusertalkpages' user
1729 * preference set to true.
1730 */
1731 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1732
1733 /**
1734 * Allow sending of e-mail notifications with the editor's address in "Reply-To".
1735 *
1736 * Note, enabling this only actually uses it in notification e-mails if the user
1737 * opted-in to this feature. This feature flag also controls visibility of the
1738 * 'enotifrevealaddr' preference, which, if users opt into, will make e-mail
1739 * notifications about their actions use their address as "Reply-To".
1740 *
1741 * To set the address as "From" instead of "Reply-To", also enable $wgEnotifFromEditor.
1742 *
1743 * If disabled, or not opted-in, notifications come from $wgPasswordSender.
1744 *
1745 * @var bool
1746 */
1747 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1748
1749 /**
1750 * Potentially send notification mails on minor edits to pages. This is enabled
1751 * by default. If this is false, users will never be notified on minor edits.
1752 *
1753 * If it is true, editors with the 'nominornewtalk' right (typically bots) will still not
1754 * trigger notifications for minor edits they make (to any page, not just user talk).
1755 *
1756 * Finally, if the watcher/recipient has the 'enotifminoredits' user preference set to
1757 * false, they will not receive notifications for minor edits.
1758 *
1759 * User talk notifications are also affected by $wgEnotifMinorEdits, the above settings,
1760 * $wgEnotifUserTalk, and the preference described there.
1761 */
1762 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1763
1764 /**
1765 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1766 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1767 *
1768 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1769 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1770 */
1771 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1772
1773 /**
1774 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1775 * match the limit on your mail server.
1776 */
1777 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1778
1779 /**
1780 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1781 */
1782 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1783
1784 /**
1785 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1786 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1787 */
1788 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1789
1790 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1791
1792 /************************************************************************//**
1793 * @name Database settings
1794 * @{
1795 */
1796
1797 /**
1798 * Database host name or IP address
1799 */
1800 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1801
1802 /**
1803 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1804 */
1805 $wgDBport = 5432;
1806
1807 /**
1808 * Name of the database
1809 */
1810 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1811
1812 /**
1813 * Database username
1814 */
1815 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1816
1817 /**
1818 * Database user's password
1819 */
1820 $wgDBpassword = '';
1821
1822 /**
1823 * Database type
1824 */
1825 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1826
1827 /**
1828 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1829 *
1830 * This setting is only used if $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1831 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1832 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1833 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1834 */
1835 $wgDBssl = false;
1836
1837 /**
1838 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1839 *
1840 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1841 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1842 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1843 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1844 */
1845 $wgDBcompress = false;
1846
1847 /**
1848 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1849 */
1850 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1851
1852 /**
1853 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1854 */
1855 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1856
1857 /**
1858 * Search type.
1859 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1860 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1861 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1862 */
1863 $wgSearchType = null;
1864
1865 /**
1866 * Alternative search types
1867 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1868 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1869 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1870 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1871 */
1872 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1873
1874 /**
1875 * Table name prefix
1876 */
1877 $wgDBprefix = '';
1878
1879 /**
1880 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1881 */
1882 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB';
1883
1884 /**
1885 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1886 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1887 * DBA has done his best job.
1888 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1889 */
1890 $wgSQLMode = '';
1891
1892 /**
1893 * Mediawiki schema
1894 */
1895 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1896
1897 /**
1898 * Default group to use when getting database connections.
1899 */
1900 $wgDBDefaultGroup = null;
1901
1902 /**
1903 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1904 */
1905 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1906
1907 /**
1908 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1909 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1910 * main database.
1911 *
1912 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
1913 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
1914 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
1915 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
1916 *
1917 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
1918 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
1919 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
1920 *
1921 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
1922 * $wgDBprefix.
1923 *
1924 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
1925 * $wgDBmwschema.
1926 *
1927 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to LBFactory::getMainLB() to
1928 * access remote databases. Using LBFactory::getMainLB() allows the shared database to
1929 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
1930 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
1931 */
1932 $wgSharedDB = null;
1933
1934 /**
1935 * @see $wgSharedDB
1936 */
1937 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
1938
1939 /**
1940 * @see $wgSharedDB
1941 */
1942 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
1943
1944 /**
1945 * @see $wgSharedDB
1946 * @since 1.23
1947 */
1948 $wgSharedSchema = false;
1949
1950 /**
1951 * Database load balancer
1952 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
1953 * Fields are:
1954 * - host: Host name
1955 * - dbname: Default database name
1956 * - user: DB user
1957 * - password: DB password
1958 * - type: DB type
1959 * - driver: DB driver (when there are multiple drivers)
1960 *
1961 * - load: Ratio of DB_REPLICA load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
1962 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
1963 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
1964 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
1965 *
1966 * - groupLoads: array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query may belong
1967 * to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
1968 *
1969 * - flags: bit field
1970 * - DBO_DEFAULT -- turns on DBO_TRX only if "cliMode" is off (recommended)
1971 * - DBO_DEBUG -- equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
1972 * - DBO_TRX -- wrap entire request in a transaction
1973 * - DBO_NOBUFFER -- turn off buffering (not useful in LocalSettings.php)
1974 * - DBO_PERSISTENT -- enables persistent database connections
1975 * - DBO_SSL -- uses SSL/TLS encryption in database connections, if available
1976 * - DBO_COMPRESS -- uses internal compression in database connections,
1977 * if available
1978 *
1979 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a replica DB goes out of rotation
1980 * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
1981 * - cliMode: (optional) Connection handles will not assume that requests are short-lived
1982 * nor that INSERT..SELECT can be rewritten into a buffered SELECT and INSERT.
1983 * [Default: uses value of $wgCommandLineMode]
1984 *
1985 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
1986 * variable of the Database object.
1987 *
1988 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
1989 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
1990 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
1991 *
1992 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
1993 * rest of the servers will be replica DBs. To prevent writes to your replica DBs due to
1994 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
1995 * replica DBs in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
1996 *
1997 * @code
1998 * SET @@read_only=1;
1999 * @endcode
2000 *
2001 * Since the effect of writing to a replica DB is so damaging and difficult to clean
2002 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
2003 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
2004 */
2005 $wgDBservers = false;
2006
2007 /**
2008 * Load balancer factory configuration
2009 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
2010 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
2011 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
2012 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
2013 *
2014 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
2015 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
2016 */
2017 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => \Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple::class ];
2018
2019 /**
2020 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
2021 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
2022 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
2023 * @since 1.27
2024 */
2025 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
2026
2027 /**
2028 * File to log database errors to
2029 */
2030 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
2031
2032 /**
2033 * Timezone to use in the error log.
2034 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
2035 *
2036 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
2037 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
2038 *
2039 * @par Examples:
2040 * @code
2041 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
2042 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
2043 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
2044 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
2045 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
2046 * @endcode
2047 *
2048 * @since 1.20
2049 */
2050 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
2051
2052 /**
2053 * Set to true to engage MySQL 4.1/5.0 charset-related features;
2054 * for now will just cause sending of 'SET NAMES=utf8' on connect.
2055 *
2056 * @warning THIS IS EXPERIMENTAL!
2057 *
2058 * May break if you're not using the table defs from mysql5/tables.sql.
2059 * May break if you're upgrading an existing wiki if set differently.
2060 * Broken symptoms likely to include incorrect behavior with page titles,
2061 * usernames, comments etc containing non-ASCII characters.
2062 * Might also cause failures on the object cache and other things.
2063 *
2064 * Even correct usage may cause failures with Unicode supplementary
2065 * characters (those not in the Basic Multilingual Plane) unless MySQL
2066 * has enhanced their Unicode support.
2067 *
2068 * @deprecated since 1.31
2069 */
2070 $wgDBmysql5 = false;
2071
2072 /**
2073 * Set true to enable Oracle DCRP (supported from 11gR1 onward)
2074 *
2075 * To use this feature set to true and use a datasource defined as
2076 * POOLED (i.e. in tnsnames definition set server=pooled in connect_data
2077 * block).
2078 *
2079 * Starting from 11gR1 you can use DCRP (Database Resident Connection
2080 * Pool) that maintains established sessions and reuses them on new
2081 * connections.
2082 *
2083 * Not completely tested, but it should fall back on normal connection
2084 * in case the pool is full or the datasource is not configured as
2085 * pooled.
2086 * And the other way around; using oci_pconnect on a non pooled
2087 * datasource should produce a normal connection.
2088 *
2089 * When it comes to frequent shortlived DB connections like with MW
2090 * Oracle tends to s***. The problem is the driver connects to the
2091 * database reasonably fast, but establishing a session takes time and
2092 * resources. MW does not rely on session state (as it does not use
2093 * features such as package variables) so establishing a valid session
2094 * is in this case an unwanted overhead that just slows things down.
2095 *
2096 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
2097 */
2098 $wgDBOracleDRCP = false;
2099
2100 /**
2101 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer account.
2102 *
2103 * Array numeric key => database name
2104 */
2105 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2106
2107 /**
2108 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2109 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2110 * show a more obvious warning.
2111 */
2112 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2113
2114 /**
2115 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2116 */
2117 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2118
2119 /**
2120 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2121 */
2122 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2123
2124 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
2125
2126 /************************************************************************//**
2127 * @name Text storage
2128 * @{
2129 */
2130
2131 /**
2132 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2133 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2134 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2135 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2136 */
2137 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2138
2139 /**
2140 * External stores allow including content
2141 * from non database sources following URL links.
2142 *
2143 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2144 * @code
2145 * $wgExternalStores = [ "http","file","custom" ]...
2146 * @endcode
2147 *
2148 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2149 */
2150 $wgExternalStores = [];
2151
2152 /**
2153 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2154 *
2155 * @par Example:
2156 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2157 * @code
2158 * $wgExternalServers = [
2159 * 'cluster1' => <array in the same format as $wgDBservers>
2160 * ];
2161 * @endcode
2162 *
2163 * Used by \Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2164 * another class.
2165 */
2166 $wgExternalServers = [];
2167
2168 /**
2169 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2170 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2171 *
2172 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2173 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2174 *
2175 * @par Example:
2176 * @code
2177 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ];
2178 * @endcode
2179 *
2180 * @var array
2181 */
2182 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2183
2184 /**
2185 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2186 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2187 *
2188 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2189 */
2190 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 86400 * 7;
2191
2192 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2193
2194 /************************************************************************//**
2195 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2196 * @{
2197 */
2198
2199 /**
2200 * Disable database-intensive features
2201 */
2202 $wgMiserMode = false;
2203
2204 /**
2205 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2206 */
2207 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2208
2209 /**
2210 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2211 */
2212 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2213
2214 /**
2215 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2216 */
2217 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2218
2219 /**
2220 * Enable slow parser functions
2221 */
2222 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2223
2224 /**
2225 * Allow schema updates
2226 */
2227 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2228
2229 /**
2230 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2231 */
2232 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2233
2234 /**
2235 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2236 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2237 */
2238 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2239
2240 /**
2241 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2242 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2243 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2244 * @since 1.26
2245 */
2246 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2247
2248 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2249
2250 /************************************************************************//**
2251 * @name Cache settings
2252 * @{
2253 */
2254
2255 /**
2256 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2257 * from the web.
2258 *
2259 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2260 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2261 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2262 */
2263 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2264
2265 /**
2266 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2267 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2268 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2269 *
2270 * The options are:
2271 *
2272 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2273 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2274 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2275 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2276 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, APCU or WinCache
2277 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2278 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2279 *
2280 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2281 */
2282 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2283
2284 /**
2285 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2286 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2287 *
2288 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2289 */
2290 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2291
2292 /**
2293 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2294 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2295 *
2296 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2297 */
2298 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2299
2300 /**
2301 * The cache type for storing session data.
2302 *
2303 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2304 */
2305 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2306
2307 /**
2308 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2309 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2310 *
2311 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2312 *
2313 * @since 1.20
2314 */
2315 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2316
2317 /**
2318 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2319 *
2320 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2321 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2322 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2323 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2324 *
2325 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2326 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2327 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2328 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2329 */
2330 $wgObjectCaches = [
2331 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => EmptyBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2332 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2333
2334 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2335 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2336 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2337
2338 'db-replicated' => [
2339 'class' => ReplicatedBagOStuff::class,
2340 'readFactory' => [
2341 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class,
2342 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => true ] ]
2343 ],
2344 'writeFactory' => [
2345 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class,
2346 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => false ] ]
2347 ],
2348 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff',
2349 'reportDupes' => false
2350 ],
2351
2352 'apc' => [ 'class' => APCBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2353 'apcu' => [ 'class' => APCUBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2354 'wincache' => [ 'class' => WinCacheBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2355 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2356 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPeclBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2357 'hash' => [ 'class' => HashBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2358 ];
2359
2360 /**
2361 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2362 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2363 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2364 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2365 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2366 *
2367 * The options are:
2368 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2369 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2370 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2371 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2372 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2373 * @since 1.26
2374 */
2375 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2376
2377 /**
2378 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2379 *
2380 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2381 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2382 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2383 *
2384 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2385 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2386 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "channels" parameter is a map of
2387 * actions ('purge') to PubSub channels defined in $wgEventRelayerConfig.
2388 * The "loggroup" parameter controls where log events are sent.
2389 *
2390 * @since 1.26
2391 */
2392 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2393 CACHE_NONE => [
2394 'class' => WANObjectCache::class,
2395 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE,
2396 'channels' => []
2397 ]
2398 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2399 'memcached-php' => [
2400 'class' => WANObjectCache::class,
2401 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php',
2402 'channels' => [ 'purge' => 'wancache-main-memcached-purge' ]
2403 ]
2404 */
2405 ];
2406
2407 /**
2408 * Verify and enforce WAN cache purges using reliable DB sources as streams.
2409 *
2410 * These secondary cache purges are de-duplicated via simple cache mutexes.
2411 * This improves consistency when cache purges are lost, which becomes more likely
2412 * as more cache servers are added or if there are multiple datacenters. Only keys
2413 * related to important mutable content will be checked.
2414 *
2415 * @var bool
2416 * @since 1.29
2417 */
2418 $wgEnableWANCacheReaper = false;
2419
2420 /**
2421 * Main object stash type. This should be a fast storage system for storing
2422 * lightweight data like hit counters and user activity. Sites with multiple
2423 * data-centers should have this use a store that replicates all writes. The
2424 * store should have enough consistency for CAS operations to be usable.
2425 * Reads outside of those needed for merge() may be eventually consistent.
2426 *
2427 * The options are:
2428 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2429 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2430 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2431 *
2432 * @since 1.26
2433 */
2434 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2435
2436 /**
2437 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2438 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2439 */
2440 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2441
2442 /**
2443 * @deprecated since 1.27, session data is always stored in object cache.
2444 */
2445 $wgSessionsInObjectCache = true;
2446
2447 /**
2448 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2449 */
2450 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2451
2452 /**
2453 * @deprecated since 1.27, MediaWiki\Session\SessionManager doesn't use PHP session storage.
2454 */
2455 $wgSessionHandler = null;
2456
2457 /**
2458 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2459 *
2460 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2461 *
2462 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2463 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2464 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2465 * others' cookies.
2466 *
2467 * @since 1.27
2468 * @var string
2469 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2470 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2471 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2472 */
2473 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2474
2475 /**
2476 * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
2477 *
2478 * @since 1.28
2479 */
2480 $wgSessionPbkdf2Iterations = 10001;
2481
2482 /**
2483 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2484 */
2485 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2486
2487 /**
2488 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2489 */
2490 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2491
2492 /**
2493 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2494 * requests.
2495 */
2496 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2497
2498 /**
2499 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2500 */
2501 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2502
2503 /**
2504 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2505 *
2506 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2507 *
2508 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2509 *
2510 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2511 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2512 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2513 */
2514 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2515
2516 /**
2517 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2518 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2519 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2520 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2521 */
2522 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2523
2524 /**
2525 * Localisation cache configuration. Associative array with keys:
2526 * class: The class to use. May be overridden by extensions.
2527 *
2528 * store: The location to store cache data. May be 'files', 'array', 'db' or
2529 * 'detect'. If set to "files", data will be in CDB files. If set
2530 * to "db", data will be stored to the database. If set to
2531 * "detect", files will be used if $wgCacheDirectory is set,
2532 * otherwise the database will be used.
2533 * "array" is an experimental option that uses PHP files that
2534 * store static arrays.
2535 *
2536 * storeClass: The class name for the underlying storage. If set to a class
2537 * name, it overrides the "store" setting.
2538 *
2539 * storeDirectory: If the store class puts its data in files, this is the
2540 * directory it will use. If this is false, $wgCacheDirectory
2541 * will be used.
2542 *
2543 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2544 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2545 */
2546 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2547 'class' => LocalisationCache::class,
2548 'store' => 'detect',
2549 'storeClass' => false,
2550 'storeDirectory' => false,
2551 'manualRecache' => false,
2552 ];
2553
2554 /**
2555 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2556 */
2557 $wgCachePages = true;
2558
2559 /**
2560 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2561 * client-side and server-side caching.
2562 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2563 * @verbatim
2564 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2565 * @endverbatim
2566 */
2567 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2568
2569 /**
2570 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2571 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2572 */
2573 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2574
2575 /**
2576 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2577 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2578 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2579 */
2580 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2581
2582 /**
2583 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2584 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2585 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2586 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2587 */
2588 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2589
2590 /**
2591 * Kept for extension compatibility; see $wgParserCacheType
2592 * @deprecated since 1.26
2593 */
2594 $wgEnableParserCache = true;
2595
2596 /**
2597 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2598 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2599 */
2600 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2601
2602 /**
2603 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2604 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2605 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2606 *
2607 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2608 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2609 * don't update as expected.
2610 */
2611 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2612
2613 /**
2614 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2615 */
2616 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2617
2618 /**
2619 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2620 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2621 *
2622 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2623 */
2624 $wgUseGzip = false;
2625
2626 /**
2627 * Clock skew or the one-second resolution of time() can occasionally cause cache
2628 * problems when the user requests two pages within a short period of time. This
2629 * variable adds a given number of seconds to vulnerable timestamps, thereby giving
2630 * a grace period.
2631 */
2632 $wgClockSkewFudge = 5;
2633
2634 /**
2635 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2636 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2637 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2638 *
2639 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2640 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2641 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2642 */
2643 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2644
2645 /**
2646 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2647 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2648 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2649 *
2650 * @par Example:
2651 * @code
2652 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2653 * @endcode
2654 *
2655 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2656 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2657 *
2658 * @var int|bool
2659 */
2660 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2661
2662 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2663
2664 /************************************************************************//**
2665 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2666 *
2667 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2668 * although they are referred to as Squid settings for historical reasons.
2669 *
2670 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2671 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2672 * more details.
2673 *
2674 * @{
2675 */
2676
2677 /**
2678 * Enable/disable CDN.
2679 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2680 */
2681 $wgUseSquid = false;
2682
2683 /**
2684 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2685 */
2686 $wgUseESI = false;
2687
2688 /**
2689 * Send the Key HTTP header for better caching.
2690 * See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-fielding-http-key/ for details.
2691 * @since 1.27
2692 */
2693 $wgUseKeyHeader = false;
2694
2695 /**
2696 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2697 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2698 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2699 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2700 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2701 * HTTP redirects.
2702 */
2703 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2704
2705 /**
2706 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2707 *
2708 * @par Example:
2709 * @code
2710 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2711 * @endcode
2712 */
2713 $wgInternalServer = false;
2714
2715 /**
2716 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2717 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2718 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2719 *
2720 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2721 */
2722 $wgSquidMaxage = 18000;
2723
2724 /**
2725 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB replica DB lag is high
2726 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2727 * @since 1.27
2728 */
2729 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2730
2731 /**
2732 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2733 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2734 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2735 * replica DB lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2736 *
2737 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2738 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2739 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2740 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2741 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound puge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2742 *
2743 * @since 1.27
2744 */
2745 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2746
2747 /**
2748 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2749 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2750 * @since 1.27
2751 */
2752 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2753
2754 /**
2755 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2756 *
2757 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2758 */
2759 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2760
2761 /**
2762 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2763 *
2764 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2765 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2766 *
2767 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2768 */
2769 $wgSquidServers = [];
2770
2771 /**
2772 * As above, except these servers aren't purged on page changes; use to set a
2773 * list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP addresses and
2774 * CIDR blocks.
2775 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2776 */
2777 $wgSquidServersNoPurge = [];
2778
2779 /**
2780 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2781 * configured in $wgSquidServers. Set this to false to support Squid
2782 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2783 *
2784 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2785 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2786 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2787 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2788 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2789 *
2790 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2791 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2792 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2793 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2794 * reverse).
2795 *
2796 * @since 1.21
2797 */
2798 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2799
2800 /**
2801 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2802 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2803 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2804 *
2805 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2806 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2807 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2808 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2809 *
2810 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2811 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2812 * @code
2813 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2814 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => [
2815 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2816 * 'port' => 4827,
2817 * ],
2818 * '' => [
2819 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2820 * 'port' => 4827,
2821 * ],
2822 * ];
2823 * @endcode
2824 *
2825 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2826 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2827 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2828 *
2829 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2830 * @code
2831 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2832 * '' => [
2833 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2834 * [ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ],
2835 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2836 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ],
2837 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ],
2838 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ],
2839 * ],
2840 * ];
2841 * @endcode
2842 *
2843 * @since 1.22
2844 *
2845 * $wgHTCPRouting replaces $wgHTCPMulticastRouting that was introduced in 1.20.
2846 * For back compatibility purposes, whenever its array is empty
2847 * $wgHTCPMutlicastRouting will be used as a fallback if it not null.
2848 *
2849 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2850 */
2851 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2852
2853 /**
2854 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2855 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2856 */
2857 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2858
2859 /**
2860 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2861 */
2862 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2863
2864 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2865
2866 /************************************************************************//**
2867 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2868 * @{
2869 */
2870
2871 /**
2872 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2873 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2874 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2875 *
2876 * Warning: Don't use any of MediaWiki's deprecated language codes listed in
2877 * LanguageCode::getDeprecatedCodeMapping or $wgDummyLanguageCodes, like "no"
2878 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead). If you do, things will break unexpectedly.
2879 *
2880 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2881 * change it in their preferences.
2882 *
2883 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2884 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2885 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2886 */
2887 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2888
2889 /**
2890 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2891 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2892 */
2893 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2894
2895 /**
2896 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2897 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2898 *
2899 * @par Example:
2900 * @code
2901 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2902 * @endcode
2903 */
2904 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2905
2906 /**
2907 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2908 */
2909 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2910
2911 /**
2912 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2913 */
2914 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2915
2916 /**
2917 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2918 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2919 * Notes:
2920 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2921 * map.
2922 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2923 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2924 * this array.
2925 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2926 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2927 * the prefix in this array.
2928 */
2929 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
2930
2931 /**
2932 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
2933 */
2934 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
2935
2936 /**
2937 * List of mappings from one language code to another.
2938 * This array makes the codes not appear as a selectable language on the
2939 * installer, and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
2940 *
2941 * In Setup.php, the variable $wgDummyLanguageCodes is created by combining
2942 * these codes with a list of "deprecated" codes, which are mostly leftovers
2943 * from renames or other legacy things, and the internal codes 'qqq' and 'qqx'.
2944 * If a mapping in $wgExtraLanguageCodes collide with a built-in mapping, the
2945 * value in $wgExtraLanguageCodes will be used.
2946 *
2947 * @since 1.29
2948 */
2949 $wgExtraLanguageCodes = [
2950 'bh' => 'bho', // Bihari language family
2951 'no' => 'nb', // Norwegian language family
2952 'simple' => 'en', // Simple English
2953 ];
2954
2955 /**
2956 * Functionally the same as $wgExtraLanguageCodes, but deprecated. Instead of
2957 * appending values to this array, append them to $wgExtraLanguageCodes.
2958 *
2959 * @deprecated since 1.29
2960 */
2961 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [];
2962
2963 /**
2964 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
2965 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2966 * set to "ar".
2967 *
2968 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
2969 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
2970 */
2971 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
2972
2973 /**
2974 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
2975 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2976 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
2977 * support these characters.
2978 *
2979 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
2980 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
2981 */
2982 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
2983
2984 /**
2985 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
2986 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
2987 * impact.
2988 *
2989 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
2990 * details.
2991 *
2992 * @since 1.17
2993 */
2994 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
2995
2996 /**
2997 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
2998 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
2999 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
3000 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
3001 *
3002 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
3003 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
3004 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
3005 */
3006 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
3007
3008 /**
3009 * @deprecated since 1.30, does nothing
3010 */
3011 $wgBrowserBlackList = [];
3012
3013 /**
3014 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
3015 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
3016 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
3017 *
3018 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
3019 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
3020 * to remain viewable.
3021 *
3022 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
3023 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
3024 */
3025 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
3026
3027 /**
3028 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
3029 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
3030 */
3031 $wgAmericanDates = false;
3032
3033 /**
3034 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
3035 * numerals in interface.
3036 */
3037 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
3038
3039 /**
3040 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
3041 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
3042 */
3043 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
3044
3045 /**
3046 * Expiry time for the message cache key
3047 */
3048 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3049
3050 /**
3051 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3052 */
3053 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3054
3055 /**
3056 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3057 */
3058 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3059
3060 /**
3061 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3062 */
3063 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3064
3065 /**
3066 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3067 */
3068 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3069
3070 /**
3071 * Whether to enable the pig latin variant of English (en-x-piglatin),
3072 * used to ease variant development work.
3073 */
3074 $wgUsePigLatinVariant = false;
3075
3076 /**
3077 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3078 *
3079 * @par Example:
3080 * @code
3081 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3082 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3083 * @endcode
3084 */
3085 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3086
3087 /**
3088 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3089 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3090 * language variant.
3091 *
3092 * @par Example:
3093 * @code
3094 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3095 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3096 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3097 * @endcode
3098 *
3099 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3100 *
3101 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3102 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3103 */
3104 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3105
3106 /**
3107 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3108 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3109 * customise these.
3110 */
3111 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3112
3113 /**
3114 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3115 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3116 *
3117 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3118 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3119 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3120 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3121 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3122 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3123 * the default behavior.
3124 *
3125 * @par Example:
3126 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3127 * portal:
3128 * @code
3129 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ];
3130 * @endcode
3131 */
3132 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3133
3134 /**
3135 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3136 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3137 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3138 *
3139 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3140 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3141 *
3142 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3143 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3144 *
3145 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3146 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3147 *
3148 * @par Examples:
3149 * @code
3150 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3151 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3152 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3153 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3154 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3155 * @endcode
3156 */
3157 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3158
3159 /**
3160 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3161 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3162 *
3163 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3164 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3165 *
3166 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3167 */
3168 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3169
3170 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3171
3172 /*************************************************************************//**
3173 * @name Output format and skin settings
3174 * @{
3175 */
3176
3177 /**
3178 * The default Content-Type header.
3179 */
3180 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3181
3182 /**
3183 * Previously used as content type in HTML script tags. This is now ignored since
3184 * HTML5 doesn't require a MIME type for script tags (javascript is the default).
3185 * It was also previously used by RawAction to determine the ctype query parameter
3186 * value that will result in a javascript response.
3187 * @deprecated since 1.22
3188 */
3189 $wgJsMimeType = null;
3190
3191 /**
3192 * The default xmlns attribute. The option to define this has been removed.
3193 * The value of this variable is no longer used by core and is set to a fixed
3194 * value in Setup.php for compatibility with extensions that depend on the value
3195 * of this variable being set. Such a dependency however is deprecated.
3196 * @deprecated since 1.22
3197 */
3198 $wgXhtmlDefaultNamespace = null;
3199
3200 /**
3201 * Previously used to determine if we should output an HTML5 doctype.
3202 * This is no longer used as we always output HTML5 now. For compatibility with
3203 * extensions that still check the value of this config it's value is now forced
3204 * to true by Setup.php.
3205 * @deprecated since 1.22
3206 */
3207 $wgHtml5 = true;
3208
3209 /**
3210 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3211 *
3212 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3213 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3214 * See also https://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3215 * @since 1.16
3216 */
3217 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3218
3219 /**
3220 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3221 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3222 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3223 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3224 * @since 1.24
3225 */
3226 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3227
3228 /**
3229 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3230 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3231 * stable and change has been communicated.
3232 * @since 1.24
3233 */
3234 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3235
3236 /**
3237 * Temporary variable that determines whether Special:Preferences should use OOUI or not.
3238 * This will be removed later and OOUI will become the only option.
3239 *
3240 * @since 1.32
3241 */
3242 $wgOOUIPreferences = false;
3243
3244 /**
3245 * Whether to label the store-to-database-and-show-to-others button in the editor
3246 * as "Save page"/"Save changes" if false (the default) or, if true, instead as
3247 * "Publish page"/"Publish changes".
3248 *
3249 * @since 1.28
3250 */
3251 $wgEditSubmitButtonLabelPublish = false;
3252
3253 /**
3254 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3255 *
3256 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3257 *
3258 * @par Example:
3259 * @code
3260 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3261 * @endcode
3262 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3263 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3264 *
3265 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3266 */
3267 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3268
3269 /**
3270 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3271 *
3272 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3273 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3274 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3275 */
3276 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3277
3278 /**
3279 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3280 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3281 */
3282 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3283
3284 /**
3285 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3286 *
3287 * @since 1.24
3288 */
3289 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3290
3291 /**
3292 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3293 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3294 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3295 */
3296 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3297
3298 /**
3299 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3300 */
3301 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3302
3303 /**
3304 * Allow user Javascript page?
3305 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3306 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3307 */
3308 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3309
3310 /**
3311 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3312 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3313 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3314 */
3315 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3316
3317 /**
3318 * Allow style-related user-preferences?
3319 *
3320 * This controls whether the `editfont` and `underline` preferences
3321 * are availabe to users.
3322 */
3323 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3324
3325 /**
3326 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3327 */
3328 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3329
3330 /**
3331 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3332 */
3333 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3334
3335 /**
3336 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3337 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3338 */
3339 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3340
3341 /**
3342 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3343 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3344 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3345 *
3346 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3347 *
3348 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3349 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3350 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3351 *
3352 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3353 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3354 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3355 * recommended.
3356 *
3357 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3358 * not just edit pages.
3359 */
3360 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3361
3362 /**
3363 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3364 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3365 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3366 * Options are:
3367 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3368 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3369 * - false: Allow all framing.
3370 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3371 */
3372 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3373
3374 /**
3375 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3376 */
3377 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3378
3379 /**
3380 * How should section IDs be encoded?
3381 * This array can contain 1 or 2 elements, each of them can be one of:
3382 * - 'html5' is modern HTML5 style encoding with minimal escaping. Displays Unicode
3383 * characters in most browsers' address bars.
3384 * - 'legacy' is old MediaWiki-style encoding, e.g. 啤酒 turns into .E5.95.A4.E9.85.92
3385 *
3386 * The first element of this array specifies the primary mode of escaping IDs. This
3387 * is what users will see when they e.g. follow an [[#internal link]] to a section of
3388 * a page.
3389 *
3390 * The optional second element defines a fallback mode, useful for migrations.
3391 * If present, it will direct MediaWiki to add empty <span>s to every section with its
3392 * id attribute set to fallback encoded title so that links using the previous encoding
3393 * would still work.
3394 *
3395 * Example: you want to migrate your wiki from 'legacy' to 'html5'
3396 *
3397 * On the first step, set this variable to [ 'legacy', 'html5' ]. After a while, when
3398 * all caches (parser, HTTP, etc.) contain only pages generated with this setting,
3399 * flip the value to [ 'html5', 'legacy' ]. This will result in all internal links being
3400 * generated in the new encoding while old links (both external and cached internal) will
3401 * still work. After a long time, you might want to ditch backwards compatibility and
3402 * set it to [ 'html5' ]. After all, pages get edited, breaking incoming links no matter which
3403 * fragment mode is used.
3404 *
3405 * @since 1.30
3406 */
3407 $wgFragmentMode = [ 'legacy', 'html5' ];
3408
3409 /**
3410 * Which ID escaping mode should be used for external interwiki links? See documentation
3411 * for $wgFragmentMode above for details of each mode. Because you can't control external sites,
3412 * this setting should probably always be 'legacy', unless every wiki you link to has converted
3413 * to 'html5'.
3414 *
3415 * @since 1.30
3416 */
3417 $wgExternalInterwikiFragmentMode = 'legacy';
3418
3419 /**
3420 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3421 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3422 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3423 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3424 *
3425 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3426 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3427 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3428 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3429 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3430 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3431 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3432 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3433 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3434 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3435 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3436 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3437 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3438 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3439 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3440 * not be outputted
3441 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3442 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3443 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3444 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3445 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3446 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3447 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3448 */
3449 $wgFooterIcons = [
3450 "copyright" => [
3451 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3452 ],
3453 "poweredby" => [
3454 "mediawiki" => [
3455 // Defaults to point at
3456 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3457 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3458 "src" => null,
3459 "url" => "//www.mediawiki.org/",
3460 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3461 ]
3462 ],
3463 ];
3464
3465 /**
3466 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3467 * to create an account.
3468 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3469 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3470 */
3471 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3472
3473 /**
3474 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3475 */
3476 $wgEdititis = false;
3477
3478 /**
3479 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3480 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3481 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3482 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3483 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3484 *
3485 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3486 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3487 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3488 */
3489 $wgSend404Code = true;
3490
3491 /**
3492 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3493 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3494 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3495 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3496 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3497 *
3498 * @since 1.20
3499 */
3500 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3501
3502 /**
3503 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3504 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3505 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3506 * unconditionally.
3507 */
3508 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3509
3510 /**
3511 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3512 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3513 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3514 * the domain root.
3515 *
3516 * @since 1.25
3517 */
3518 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3519
3520 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3521
3522 /*************************************************************************//**
3523 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3524 * @{
3525 */
3526
3527 /**
3528 * Client-side resource modules.
3529 *
3530 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3531 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3532 *
3533 * @par Example:
3534 * @code
3535 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
3536 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3537 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3538 * 'dependencies' => [ 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ],
3539 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3540 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3541 * ];
3542 * @endcode
3543 */
3544 $wgResourceModules = [];
3545
3546 /**
3547 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3548 *
3549 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3550 * not be modified or disabled.
3551 *
3552 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3553 *
3554 * @par Example:
3555 * @code
3556 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3557 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3558 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3559 * ];
3560 *
3561 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3562 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3563 * ];
3564 * @endcode
3565 *
3566 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3567 *
3568 * @par Equivalent:
3569 * @code
3570 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3571 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3572 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3573 * 'skinStyles' => [
3574 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3575 * ],
3576 * ];
3577 * @endcode
3578 *
3579 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3580 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3581 *
3582 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3583 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3584 *
3585 * @par Example:
3586 * @code
3587 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3588 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3589 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3590 * 'skinStyles' => [
3591 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3592 * ],
3593 * ];
3594 * // Note the '+' character:
3595 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3596 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3597 * ];
3598 * @endcode
3599 *
3600 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3601 *
3602 * @par Equivalent:
3603 * @code
3604 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3605 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3606 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3607 * 'skinStyles' => [
3608 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3609 * 'foo' => [
3610 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3611 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3612 * ],
3613 * ],
3614 * ];
3615 * @endcode
3616 *
3617 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3618 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3619 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3620 *
3621 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3622 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3623 *
3624 * @par Example:
3625 * @code
3626 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3627 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3628 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3629 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3630 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3631 * ];
3632 * @endcode
3633 */
3634 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3635
3636 /**
3637 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3638 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3639 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3640 *
3641 * @par Example:
3642 * @code
3643 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3644 * @endcode
3645 */
3646 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3647
3648 /**
3649 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3650 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3651 */
3652 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3653
3654 /**
3655 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3656 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3657 *
3658 * Following options to distinguish:
3659 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3660 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3661 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3662 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3663 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3664 *
3665 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3666 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3667 * client and MediaWiki.
3668 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3669 */
3670 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3671 'versioned' => [
3672 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3673 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3674 ],
3675 'unversioned' => [
3676 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3677 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3678 ],
3679 ];
3680
3681 /**
3682 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3683 *
3684 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3685 */
3686 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3687
3688 /**
3689 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3690 *
3691 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3692 */
3693 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3694
3695 /**
3696 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3697 *
3698 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3699 * work.
3700 *
3701 * @par Example of legacy code:
3702 * @code{,js}
3703 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3704 * @endcode
3705 * or:
3706 * @code{,js}
3707 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3708 * @endcode
3709 *
3710 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3711 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3712 * @code{,js}
3713 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3714 * @endcode
3715 * or:
3716 * @code{,js}
3717 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3718 * @endcode
3719 */
3720 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3721
3722 /**
3723 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3724 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3725 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3726 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3727 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3728 * that you can't increase.
3729 *
3730 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3731 * string length limit.
3732 *
3733 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3734 */
3735 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3736
3737 /**
3738 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3739 * prior to minification to validate it.
3740 *
3741 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3742 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3743 */
3744 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3745
3746 /**
3747 * If set to true, statically-sourced (file-backed) JavaScript resources will
3748 * be parsed for validity before being bundled up into ResourceLoader modules.
3749 *
3750 * This can be helpful for development by providing better error messages in
3751 * default (non-debug) mode, but JavaScript parsing is slow and memory hungry
3752 * and may fail on large pre-bundled frameworks.
3753 */
3754 $wgResourceLoaderValidateStaticJS = false;
3755
3756 /**
3757 * Global LESS variables. An associative array binding variable names to
3758 * LESS code snippets representing their values.
3759 *
3760 * Adding an item here is equivalent to writing `@variable: value;`
3761 * at the beginning of all your .less files, with all the consequences.
3762 * In particular, string values must be escaped and quoted.
3763 *
3764 * Changes to this configuration do NOT trigger cache invalidation.
3765 *
3766 * @par Example:
3767 * @code
3768 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3769 * 'exampleFontSize' => '1em',
3770 * 'exampleBlue' => '#36c',
3771 * ];
3772 * @endcode
3773 * @since 1.22
3774 * @deprecated since 1.30 Use ResourceLoaderModule::getLessVars() instead to
3775 * add variables to individual modules that need them.
3776 */
3777 $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3778 /**
3779 * Minimum available screen width at which a device can be considered a tablet
3780 * The number is currently based on the device width of a Samsung Galaxy S5 mini and is low
3781 * enough to cover iPad (768px). Number is prone to change with new information.
3782 * @since 1.27
3783 * @deprecated 1.31 Use mediawiki.ui/variables instead
3784 */
3785 'deviceWidthTablet' => '720px',
3786 ];
3787
3788 /**
3789 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3790 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3791 */
3792 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = true;
3793
3794 /**
3795 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3796 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3797 *
3798 * @since 1.23
3799 */
3800 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3801
3802 /**
3803 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3804 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3805 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3806 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3807 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3808 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3809 * from the rest of the site.
3810 *
3811 * @since 1.25
3812 */
3813 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3814
3815 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3816
3817 /*************************************************************************//**
3818 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3819 * @{
3820 */
3821
3822 /**
3823 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3824 * used instead.
3825 */
3826 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3827
3828 /**
3829 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3830 *
3831 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3832 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3833 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3834 */
3835 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3836
3837 /**
3838 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3839 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3840 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3841 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3842 * hook or extension.json.
3843 *
3844 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3845 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3846 * the new namespace name.
3847 *
3848 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3849 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3850 *
3851 * @par Example:
3852 * @code
3853 * $wgExtraNamespaces = [
3854 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3855 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3856 * 102 => "Aide",
3857 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3858 * ];
3859 * @endcode
3860 *
3861 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3862 */
3863 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3864
3865 /**
3866 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3867 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3868 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3869 * @since 1.18
3870 */
3871 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3872
3873 /**
3874 * Namespace aliases.
3875 *
3876 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3877 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3878 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3879 * name.
3880 *
3881 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3882 *
3883 * @par Example:
3884 * @code
3885 * $wgNamespaceAliases = [
3886 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3887 * 'Help' => 100,
3888 * ];
3889 * @endcode
3890 */
3891 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3892
3893 /**
3894 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3895 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3896 *
3897 * Problematic punctuation:
3898 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3899 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3900 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3901 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3902 * corrupted by apache
3903 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3904 *
3905 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3906 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3907 *
3908 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3909 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3910 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3911 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3912 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3913 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3914 *
3915 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3916 */
3917 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3918
3919 /**
3920 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3921 *
3922 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3923 */
3924 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3925
3926 /**
3927 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3928 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3929 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3930 *
3931 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3932 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3933 */
3934 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3935
3936 /**
3937 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3938 */
3939 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3940
3941 /**
3942 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3943 * @{
3944 */
3945
3946 /**
3947 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
3948 * database (.cdb) file.
3949 *
3950 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
3951 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
3952 * formats such as the following:
3953 *
3954 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
3955 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
3956 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
3957 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
3958 *
3959 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
3960 * data layout.
3961 *
3962 * @var bool|array|string
3963 */
3964 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
3965
3966 /**
3967 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
3968 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
3969 * - 2: wiki and global levels
3970 * - 3: site levels
3971 */
3972 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
3973
3974 /**
3975 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
3976 */
3977 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
3978
3979 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
3980
3981 /**
3982 * @name SiteStore caching settings.
3983 * @{
3984 */
3985
3986 /**
3987 * Specify the file location for the Sites json cache file.
3988 */
3989 $wgSitesCacheFile = false;
3990
3991 /** @} */ # end of SiteStore caching settings.
3992
3993 /**
3994 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
3995 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
3996 * as 'redirected from' links.
3997 *
3998 * @par Example:
3999 * It might look something like this:
4000 * @code
4001 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
4002 * @endcode
4003 *
4004 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
4005 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
4006 * the URL.
4007 */
4008 $wgRedirectSources = false;
4009
4010 /**
4011 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
4012 *
4013 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
4014 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
4015 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
4016 */
4017 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
4018
4019 /**
4020 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such
4021 * as Special, see MWNamespace::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be
4022 * true by default (and setting them has no effect), due to various things that
4023 * require them to be so. Also, since Talk namespaces need to directly mirror their
4024 * associated content namespaces, the values for those are ignored in favor of the
4025 * subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically from
4026 * NS_FILE.
4027 *
4028 * @par Example:
4029 * @code
4030 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
4031 * @endcode
4032 */
4033 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
4034
4035 /**
4036 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
4037 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4038 */
4039 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
4040 NS_TALK => true,
4041 NS_USER => true,
4042 NS_USER_TALK => true,
4043 NS_PROJECT => true,
4044 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
4045 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
4046 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
4047 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
4048 NS_TEMPLATE => true,
4049 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
4050 NS_HELP => true,
4051 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4052 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4053 ];
4054
4055 /**
4056 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4057 *
4058 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4059 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4060 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4061 *
4062 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4063 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4064 *
4065 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4066 * the new extension registration system.
4067 *
4068 * @since 1.23
4069 */
4070 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4071
4072 /**
4073 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4074 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4075 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4076 * number of articles in the wiki.
4077 */
4078 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4079
4080 /**
4081 * Optional array of namespaces which should be blacklisted from Special:ShortPages
4082 * Only pages inside $wgContentNamespaces but not $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist will
4083 * be shown on that page.
4084 * @since 1.30
4085 */
4086 $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist = [];
4087
4088 /**
4089 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4090 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4091 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4092 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4093 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4094 */
4095 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4096
4097 /**
4098 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4099 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4100 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4101 */
4102 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4103
4104 /**
4105 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4106 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4107 * will make the redirect fail.
4108 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4109 * (T12569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4110 *
4111 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4112 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4113 */
4114 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4115
4116 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4117
4118 /************************************************************************//**
4119 * @name Parser settings
4120 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4121 * @{
4122 */
4123
4124 /**
4125 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4126 *
4127 * class The class name
4128 *
4129 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4130 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4131 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4132 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4133 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4134 *
4135 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_DOM if the
4136 * DOM module is available, otherwise it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4137 *
4138 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4139 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4140 * the configuration will change at runtime via $wgParser member functions, so
4141 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4142 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4143 * an extension setup function.
4144 */
4145 $wgParserConf = [
4146 'class' => Parser::class,
4147 # 'preprocessorClass' => Preprocessor_Hash::class,
4148 ];
4149
4150 /**
4151 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4152 */
4153 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4154
4155 /**
4156 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4157 * by PPFrame::expand()
4158 */
4159 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4160
4161 /**
4162 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4163 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4164 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4165 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4166 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4167 *
4168 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4169 */
4170 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4171
4172 /**
4173 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4174 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4175 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4176 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4177 */
4178 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4179
4180 /**
4181 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4182 */
4183 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4184
4185 /**
4186 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4187 *
4188 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4189 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4190 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See task T46011 for
4191 * more information.
4192 *
4193 * @see wfParseUrl
4194 */
4195 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4196 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4197 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4198 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4199 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4200 ];
4201
4202 /**
4203 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4204 */
4205 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4206
4207 /**
4208 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4209 */
4210 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4211
4212 /**
4213 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4214 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4215 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4216 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4217 *
4218 * @par Examples:
4219 * @code
4220 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4221 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ];
4222 * @endcode
4223 */
4224 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4225
4226 /**
4227 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4228 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4229 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4230 * The image will be displayed.
4231 *
4232 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4233 * Or false to disable it
4234 */
4235 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = true;
4236
4237 /**
4238 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4239 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4240 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4241 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4242 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4243 * sites they control.
4244 */
4245 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4246
4247 /**
4248 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4249 * array to enable an external tool. By default, we now use the RemexHtml
4250 * library; historically, Dave Raggett's "HTML Tidy" was typically used.
4251 * See https://www.w3.org/People/Raggett/tidy/
4252 *
4253 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is true, the deprecated configuration
4254 * parameters will be used instead.
4255 *
4256 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is false, a pure PHP fallback will be used.
4257 *
4258 * Keys are:
4259 * - driver: May be:
4260 * - RaggettInternalHHVM: Use the limited-functionality HHVM extension
4261 * - RaggettInternalPHP: Use the PECL extension
4262 * - RaggettExternal: Shell out to an external binary (tidyBin)
4263 * - RemexHtml: Use the RemexHtml library in PHP
4264 *
4265 * - tidyConfigFile: Path to configuration file for any of the Raggett drivers
4266 * - debugComment: True to add a comment to the output with warning messages
4267 * - tidyBin: For RaggettExternal, the path to the tidy binary.
4268 * - tidyCommandLine: For RaggettExternal, additional command line options.
4269 */
4270 $wgTidyConfig = [ 'driver' => 'RemexHtml' ];
4271
4272 /**
4273 * Set this to true to use the deprecated tidy configuration parameters.
4274 * @deprecated use $wgTidyConfig
4275 */
4276 $wgUseTidy = false;
4277
4278 /**
4279 * The path to the tidy binary.
4280 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyBin']
4281 */
4282 $wgTidyBin = 'tidy';
4283
4284 /**
4285 * The path to the tidy config file
4286 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyConfigFile']
4287 */
4288 $wgTidyConf = $IP . '/includes/tidy/tidy.conf';
4289
4290 /**
4291 * The command line options to the tidy binary
4292 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyCommandLine']
4293 */
4294 $wgTidyOpts = '';
4295
4296 /**
4297 * Set this to true to use the tidy extension
4298 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['driver']
4299 */
4300 $wgTidyInternal = extension_loaded( 'tidy' );
4301
4302 /**
4303 * Put tidy warnings in HTML comments
4304 * Only works for internal tidy.
4305 */
4306 $wgDebugTidy = false;
4307
4308 /**
4309 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4310 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4311 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4312 */
4313 $wgRawHtml = false;
4314
4315 /**
4316 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
4317 *
4318 * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
4319 * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
4320 * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
4321 * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
4322 * to some of your users.
4323 */
4324 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4325
4326 /**
4327 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4328 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4329 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4330 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4331 */
4332 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4333
4334 /**
4335 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4336 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4337 */
4338 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4339
4340 /**
4341 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4342 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4343 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4344 *
4345 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ];
4346 *
4347 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4348 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4349 * etc.
4350 *
4351 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4352 */
4353 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4354
4355 /**
4356 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4357 */
4358 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4359
4360 /**
4361 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4362 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4363 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4364 */
4365 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4366
4367 /**
4368 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4369 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4370 */
4371 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4372
4373 /**
4374 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4375 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4376 */
4377 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4378
4379 /**
4380 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4381 */
4382 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4383
4384 /**
4385 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in transcache database table.
4386 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4387 */
4388 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4389
4390 /**
4391 * Enable the magic links feature of automatically turning ISBN xxx,
4392 * PMID xxx, RFC xxx into links
4393 *
4394 * @since 1.28
4395 */
4396 $wgEnableMagicLinks = [
4397 'ISBN' => false,
4398 'PMID' => false,
4399 'RFC' => false
4400 ];
4401
4402 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4403
4404 /************************************************************************//**
4405 * @name Statistics
4406 * @{
4407 */
4408
4409 /**
4410 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4411 * as a valid article.
4412 *
4413 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4414 *
4415 * This variable can have the following values:
4416 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4417 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4418 *
4419 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4420 *
4421 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4422 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4423 * script.
4424 */
4425 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4426
4427 /**
4428 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4429 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4430 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4431 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4432 * numbers between different wikis.
4433 */
4434 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4435
4436 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4437
4438 /************************************************************************//**
4439 * @name User accounts, authentication
4440 * @{
4441 */
4442
4443 /**
4444 * Central ID lookup providers
4445 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4446 * @since 1.27
4447 */
4448 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4449 'local' => [ 'class' => LocalIdLookup::class ],
4450 ];
4451
4452 /**
4453 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4454 * @var string
4455 */
4456 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4457
4458 /**
4459 * Password policy for local wiki users. A user's effective policy
4460 * is the superset of all policy statements from the policies for the
4461 * groups where the user is a member. If more than one group policy
4462 * include the same policy statement, the value is the max() of the
4463 * values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group is required,
4464 * and serves as the minimum policy for all users. New statements can
4465 * be added by appending to $wgPasswordPolicy['checks'].
4466 * Statements:
4467 * - MinimalPasswordLength - minimum length a user can set
4468 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - passwords shorter than this will
4469 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4470 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4471 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4472 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match username to
4473 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4474 * match a specific, hardcoded blacklist.
4475 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4476 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4477 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4478 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4479 * @since 1.26
4480 */
4481 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4482 'policies' => [
4483 'bureaucrat' => [
4484 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4485 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4486 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4487 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4488 ],
4489 'sysop' => [
4490 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4491 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4492 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4493 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4494 ],
4495 'bot' => [
4496 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4497 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4498 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4499 ],
4500 'default' => [
4501 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 1,
4502 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4503 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => true,
4504 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 4096,
4505 ],
4506 ],
4507 'checks' => [
4508 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4509 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4510 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4511 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4512 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4513 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist'
4514 ],
4515 ];
4516
4517 /**
4518 * Configure AuthManager
4519 *
4520 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4521 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4522 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4523 * (default is 0).
4524 *
4525 * Elements are:
4526 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4527 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4528 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4529 *
4530 * @since 1.27
4531 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4532 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4533 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4534 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4535 */
4536 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4537
4538 /**
4539 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4540 * @since 1.27
4541 */
4542 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4543 'preauth' => [
4544 MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4545 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4546 'sort' => 0,
4547 ],
4548 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4549 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4550 'sort' => 0,
4551 ],
4552 ],
4553 'primaryauth' => [
4554 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4555 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4556 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4557 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4558 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4559 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4560 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4561 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4562 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4563 'args' => [ [
4564 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4565 'authoritative' => false,
4566 ] ],
4567 'sort' => 0,
4568 ],
4569 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4570 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4571 'args' => [ [
4572 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4573 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4574 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4575 // password") if it too fails.
4576 'authoritative' => true,
4577 ] ],
4578 'sort' => 100,
4579 ],
4580 ],
4581 'secondaryauth' => [
4582 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4583 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4584 'sort' => 0,
4585 ],
4586 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4587 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4588 'sort' => 100,
4589 ],
4590 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4591 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4592 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4593 // 'sort' => 100,
4594 // ],
4595 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4596 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4597 'sort' => 200,
4598 ],
4599 ],
4600 ];
4601
4602 /**
4603 * Time frame for re-authentication.
4604 *
4605 * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
4606 * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
4607 * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
4608 * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
4609 * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
4610 * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
4611 * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
4612 * that needs to do this.
4613 * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
4614 * the last X seconds.
4615 * - Come up with a third option.
4616 *
4617 * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
4618 * "X seconds".
4619 *
4620 * This allows for configuring different time frames for different
4621 * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
4622 * - LinkAccounts
4623 * - UnlinkAccount
4624 * - ChangeCredentials
4625 * - RemoveCredentials
4626 * - ChangeEmail
4627 *
4628 * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
4629 * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
4630 * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
4631 * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
4632 * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
4633 * AuthManagerSpecialPage.
4634 *
4635 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4636 *
4637 * @since 1.27
4638 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4639 */
4640 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4641 'default' => 300,
4642 ];
4643
4644 /**
4645 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
4646 *
4647 * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
4648 * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
4649 * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
4650 * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
4651 * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
4652 *
4653 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4654 *
4655 * @since 1.27
4656 * @see $wgReauthenticateTime
4657 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4658 */
4659 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4660 'default' => true,
4661 ];
4662
4663 /**
4664 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4665 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4666 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4667 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4668 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4669 * @since 1.27
4670 * @var string[]
4671 */
4672 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4673 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4674 ];
4675
4676 /**
4677 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4678 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4679 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4680 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4681 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4682 * @since 1.27
4683 * @var string[]
4684 */
4685 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4686 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4687 ];
4688
4689 /**
4690 * For compatibility with old installations set to false
4691 * @deprecated since 1.24 will be removed in future
4692 */
4693 $wgPasswordSalt = true;
4694
4695 /**
4696 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4697 * words are allowed.
4698 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4699 */
4700 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4701
4702 /**
4703 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4704 *
4705 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4706 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4707 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4708 *
4709 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4710 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4711 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4712 */
4713 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4714
4715 /**
4716 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4717 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4718 * @since 1.23
4719 */
4720 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4721
4722 /**
4723 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4724 *
4725 * @since 1.24
4726 */
4727 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4728
4729 /**
4730 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4731 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4732 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4733 *
4734 * An advanced example:
4735 * @code
4736 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [
4737 * 'class' => EncryptedPassword::class,
4738 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4739 * 'secrets' => [
4740 * hash( 'sha256', 'secret', true ),
4741 * ],
4742 * 'cipher' => 'aes-256-cbc',
4743 * ];
4744 * @endcode
4745 *
4746 * @since 1.24
4747 */
4748 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4749 'A' => [
4750 'class' => MWOldPassword::class,
4751 ],
4752 'B' => [
4753 'class' => MWSaltedPassword::class,
4754 ],
4755 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4756 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
4757 'types' => [
4758 'A',
4759 'pbkdf2',
4760 ],
4761 ],
4762 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4763 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
4764 'types' => [
4765 'B',
4766 'pbkdf2',
4767 ],
4768 ],
4769 'bcrypt' => [
4770 'class' => BcryptPassword::class,
4771 'cost' => 9,
4772 ],
4773 'pbkdf2' => [
4774 'class' => Pbkdf2Password::class,
4775 'algo' => 'sha512',
4776 'cost' => '30000',
4777 'length' => '64',
4778 ],
4779 ];
4780
4781 /**
4782 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4783 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4784 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4785 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4786 */
4787 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4788 'username' => true,
4789 'email' => true,
4790 ];
4791
4792 /**
4793 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4794 */
4795 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4796
4797 /**
4798 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4799 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4800 */
4801 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4802
4803 /**
4804 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4805 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4806 */
4807 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4808 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4809 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4810 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4811 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4812 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4813 'Unknown user', // Used in WikiImporter when importing revisions with no author
4814 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4815 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4816 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4817 'msg:sorbs', // For $wgEnableDnsBlacklist etc.
4818 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4819 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4820 ];
4821
4822 /**
4823 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4824 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4825 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4826 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4827 */
4828 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4829 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4830 'cols' => 80, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4831 'date' => 'default',
4832 'diffonly' => 0,
4833 'disablemail' => 0,
4834 'editfont' => 'monospace',
4835 'editondblclick' => 0,
4836 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4837 'email-allow-new-users' => 1,
4838 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4839 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4840 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4841 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4842 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4843 'fancysig' => 0,
4844 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4845 'gender' => 'unknown',
4846 'hideminor' => 0,
4847 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4848 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4849 'imagesize' => 2,
4850 'minordefault' => 0,
4851 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4852 'nickname' => '',
4853 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4854 'numberheadings' => 0,
4855 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4856 'previewontop' => 1,
4857 'rcdays' => 7,
4858 'rcenhancedfilters' => 0,
4859 'rcenhancedfilters-disable' => 0,
4860 'rclimit' => 50,
4861 'rows' => 25, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4862 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4863 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4864 'showtoolbar' => 1,
4865 'skin' => false,
4866 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4867 'thumbsize' => 5,
4868 'underline' => 2,
4869 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4870 'usenewrc' => 1,
4871 'watchcreations' => 1,
4872 'watchdefault' => 1,
4873 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4874 'watchuploads' => 1,
4875 'watchlistdays' => 3.0,
4876 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4877 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4878 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4879 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4880 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4881 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4882 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4883 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4884 'watchlistunwatchlinks' => 0,
4885 'watchmoves' => 0,
4886 'watchrollback' => 0,
4887 'wlenhancedfilters-disable' => 0,
4888 'wllimit' => 250,
4889 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4890 'prefershttps' => 1,
4891 ];
4892
4893 /**
4894 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4895 */
4896 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4897
4898 /**
4899 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4900 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4901 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4902 */
4903 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4904
4905 /**
4906 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4907 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4908 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4909 *
4910 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4911 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4912 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4913 */
4914 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4915
4916 /**
4917 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4918 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4919 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4920 * @since 1.17
4921 */
4922 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4923
4924 /**
4925 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4926 *
4927 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4928 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4929 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4930 *
4931 * @since 1.27
4932 * @var string|null
4933 */
4934 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4935
4936 /**
4937 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4938 *
4939 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4940 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4941 *
4942 * @since 1.27
4943 */
4944 $wgSessionProviders = [
4945 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4946 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4947 'args' => [ [
4948 'priority' => 30,
4949 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
4950 ] ],
4951 ],
4952 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
4953 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
4954 'args' => [ [
4955 'priority' => 75,
4956 ] ],
4957 ],
4958 ];
4959
4960 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
4961
4962 /************************************************************************//**
4963 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
4964 * @{
4965 */
4966
4967 /**
4968 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
4969 */
4970 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
4971
4972 /**
4973 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
4974 */
4975 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
4976
4977 /**
4978 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
4979 */
4980 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
4981
4982 /**
4983 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
4984 *
4985 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
4986 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
4987 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
4988 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
4989 *
4990 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
4991 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
4992 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
4993 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
4994 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
4995 */
4996 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
4997 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
4998 'IPv6' => 19,
4999 ];
5000
5001 /**
5002 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
5003 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
5004 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
5005 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
5006 * anonymous visitors.
5007 */
5008 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
5009
5010 /**
5011 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
5012 *
5013 * @par Example:
5014 * @code
5015 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
5016 * @endcode
5017 *
5018 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
5019 *
5020 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5021 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5022 *
5023 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
5024 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
5025 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
5026 *
5027 * @note Extensions should not modify this, but use the TitleReadWhitelist
5028 * hook instead.
5029 */
5030 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
5031
5032 /**
5033 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
5034 *
5035 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
5036 * is without underscore.
5037 *
5038 * @par Example:
5039 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
5040 * @code
5041 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ];
5042 * @endcode
5043 *
5044 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
5045 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
5046 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
5047 *
5048 * @par Example:
5049 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
5050 * @code
5051 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ];
5052 * @endcode
5053 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
5054 *
5055 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5056 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5057 */
5058 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
5059
5060 /**
5061 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
5062 * address before being allowed to edit?
5063 */
5064 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
5065
5066 /**
5067 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
5068 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
5069 */
5070 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
5071
5072 /**
5073 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
5074 *
5075 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
5076 * array of the format (right => boolean).
5077 *
5078 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
5079 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
5080 *
5081 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
5082 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
5083 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
5084 * in in the user_groups table.
5085 *
5086 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're
5087 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
5088 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
5089 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
5090 *
5091 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
5092 * for security. Use at your own risk!
5093 *
5094 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
5095 */
5096 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
5097
5098 /** @cond file_level_code */
5099 // Implicit group for all visitors
5100 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
5101 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
5102 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
5103 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
5104 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
5105 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
5106 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5107 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5108 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5109 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5110 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5111 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5112
5113 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5114 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5115 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5116 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5117 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5118 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5119 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5120 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5121 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5122 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5123 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5124 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5125 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5126 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5127 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5128 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5129 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5130 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5131 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true;
5132 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5133 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5134 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5135 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5136
5137 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5138 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5139 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5140
5141 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5142 // from various log pages by default
5143 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5144 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5145 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5146 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5147 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5148 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5149 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5150 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5151
5152 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5153 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5154 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5155 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5156 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5157 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5158 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5159 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5160 // can view deleted revision text
5161 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5162 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5163 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5164 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editusercss'] = true;
5165 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjson'] = true;
5166 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjs'] = true;
5167 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5168 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5169 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5170 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5171 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5172 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5173 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5174 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5175 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5176 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5177 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5178 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5179 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5180 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5181 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5182 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5183 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5184 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5185 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5186 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5187 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5188 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5189 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5190 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5191 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5192 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5193 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5194 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5195 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5196 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5197 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5198
5199 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5200 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5201 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5202 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5203 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5204 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5205 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5206
5207 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5208 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5209 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5210 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5211 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5212 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5213 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5214 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5215 // For private suppression log access
5216 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5217
5218 /**
5219 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5220 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5221 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5222 * server.
5223 */
5224 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5225
5226 /** @endcond */
5227
5228 /**
5229 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5230 *
5231 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5232 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5233 *
5234 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5235 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5236 */
5237 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5238
5239 /**
5240 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5241 */
5242 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5243
5244 /**
5245 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5246 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5247 *
5248 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5249 * group".
5250 *
5251 * @par Example:
5252 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5253 * @code
5254 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ];
5255 * @endcode
5256 *
5257 * @par Example:
5258 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5259 * @code
5260 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ];
5261 * @endcode
5262 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5263 * any group that they happen to be in.
5264 */
5265 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5266
5267 /**
5268 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5269 */
5270 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5271
5272 /**
5273 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5274 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5275 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5276 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5277 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5278 */
5279 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5280
5281 /**
5282 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5283 *
5284 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5285 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5286 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5287 *
5288 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5289 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5290 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5291 */
5292 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5293
5294 /**
5295 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5296 *
5297 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5298 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5299 *
5300 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5301 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5302 */
5303 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5304
5305 /**
5306 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5307 *
5308 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5309 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5310 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5311 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5312 * "semiprotected".
5313 *
5314 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5315 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5316 */
5317 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5318
5319 /**
5320 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5321 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5322 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5323 *
5324 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5325 */
5326 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5327
5328 /**
5329 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5330 *
5331 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5332 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5333 *
5334 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5335 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5336 */
5337 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5338
5339 /**
5340 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5341 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5342 * privileges of new accounts.
5343 *
5344 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5345 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5346 *
5347 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5348 *
5349 * @par Example:
5350 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5351 * @code
5352 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5353 * @endcode
5354 * Set age to one day:
5355 * @code
5356 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5357 * @endcode
5358 */
5359 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5360
5361 /**
5362 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5363 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5364 *
5365 * @par Example:
5366 * @code
5367 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5368 * @endcode
5369 */
5370 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5371
5372 /**
5373 * Array containing the conditions of automatic promotion of a user to specific groups.
5374 *
5375 * The basic syntax for `$wgAutopromote` is:
5376 *
5377 * $wgAutopromote = array(
5378 * 'groupname' => cond,
5379 * 'group2' => cond2,
5380 * );
5381 *
5382 * A `cond` may be:
5383 * - a single condition without arguments:
5384 * Note that Autopromote wraps a single non-array value into an array
5385 * e.g. `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` OR
5386 * array( `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` )
5387 * - a single condition with arguments:
5388 * e.g. `array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, 100 )`
5389 * - a set of conditions:
5390 * e.g. `array( 'operand', cond1, cond2, ... )`
5391 *
5392 * When constructing a set of conditions, the following conditions are available:
5393 * - `&` (**AND**):
5394 * promote if user matches **ALL** conditions
5395 * - `|` (**OR**):
5396 * promote if user matches **ANY** condition
5397 * - `^` (**XOR**):
5398 * promote if user matches **ONLY ONE OF THE CONDITIONS**
5399 * - `!` (**NOT**):
5400 * promote if user matces **NO** condition
5401 * - array( APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ):
5402 * true if user has a confirmed e-mail
5403 * - array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ):
5404 * true if user has the at least the number of edits as the passed parameter
5405 * - array( APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ):
5406 * true if the length of time since the user created his/her account
5407 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5408 * - array( APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ):
5409 * true if the length of time since the user made his/her first edit
5410 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5411 * - array( APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ):
5412 * true if the user is a member of each of the passed groups
5413 * - array( APCOND_ISIP, ip ):
5414 * true if the user has the passed IP address
5415 * - array( APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ):
5416 * true if the user has an IP address in the range of the passed parameter
5417 * - array( APCOND_BLOCKED ):
5418 * true if the user is blocked
5419 * - array( APCOND_ISBOT ):
5420 * true if the user is a bot
5421 * - similar constructs can be defined by extensions
5422 *
5423 * The sets of conditions are evaluated recursively, so you can use nested sets of conditions
5424 * linked by operands.
5425 *
5426 * Note that if $wgEmailAuthentication is disabled, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5427 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5428 */
5429 $wgAutopromote = [
5430 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5431 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5432 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5433 ],
5434 ];
5435
5436 /**
5437 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5438 *
5439 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5440 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5441 *
5442 * The format is:
5443 * @code
5444 * [ event => criteria, ... ]
5445 * @endcode
5446 * Where event is either:
5447 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5448 *
5449 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5450 *
5451 * @see $wgAutopromote
5452 * @since 1.18
5453 */
5454 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5455 'onEdit' => [],
5456 ];
5457
5458 /**
5459 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5460 * @since 1.18
5461 */
5462 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5463
5464 /**
5465 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5466 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5467 *
5468 * @par Example:
5469 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5470 * @code
5471 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5472 * @endcode
5473 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5474 * @code
5475 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ];
5476 * @endcode
5477 * Sysops can make bots:
5478 * @code
5479 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ];
5480 * @endcode
5481 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5482 * @code
5483 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ];
5484 * @endcode
5485 */
5486 $wgAddGroups = [];
5487
5488 /**
5489 * @see $wgAddGroups
5490 */
5491 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5492
5493 /**
5494 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5495 * For extensions only.
5496 */
5497 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5498
5499 /**
5500 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5501 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5502 */
5503 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5504
5505 /**
5506 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5507 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5508 * This is limited for performance reason.
5509 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5510 * @since 1.23
5511 */
5512 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5513
5514 /**
5515 * Number of accounts each IP address may create per specified period(s).
5516 *
5517 * @par Example:
5518 * @code
5519 * $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [
5520 * // no more than 100 per month
5521 * [
5522 * 'count' => 100,
5523 * 'seconds' => 30*86400,
5524 * ],
5525 * // no more than 10 per day
5526 * [
5527 * 'count' => 10,
5528 * 'seconds' => 86400,
5529 * ],
5530 * ];
5531 * @endcode
5532 *
5533 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5534 */
5535 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [ [
5536 'count' => 0,
5537 'seconds' => 86400,
5538 ] ];
5539
5540 /**
5541 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5542 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5543 *
5544 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5545 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5546 *
5547 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5548 *
5549 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5550 */
5551 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5552
5553 /**
5554 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5555 */
5556 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5557
5558 /**
5559 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5560 * proxies
5561 * @since 1.16
5562 */
5563 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5564
5565 /**
5566 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5567 *
5568 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5569 * the blacklist require a key).
5570 *
5571 * @par Example:
5572 * @code
5573 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [
5574 * // String containing URL
5575 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5576 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5577 * [ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ],
5578 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5579 * // just use a string as shown above
5580 * [ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ]
5581 * ];
5582 * @endcode
5583 *
5584 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5585 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5586 * @since 1.16
5587 */
5588 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5589
5590 /**
5591 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5592 * what the other methods might say.
5593 */
5594 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5595
5596 /**
5597 * IP ranges that should be considered soft-blocked (anon-only, account
5598 * creation allowed). The intent is to use this to prevent anonymous edits from
5599 * shared resources such as Wikimedia Labs.
5600 * @since 1.29
5601 * @var string[]
5602 */
5603 $wgSoftBlockRanges = [];
5604
5605 /**
5606 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5607 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5608 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5609 */
5610 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5611
5612 /**
5613 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5614 *
5615 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5616 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5617 * elapses.
5618 *
5619 * @par Example:
5620 * Limits per configured per action and then type of users.
5621 * @code
5622 * $wgRateLimits = [
5623 * 'edit' => [
5624 * 'anon' => [ x, y ], // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5625 * 'user' => [ x, y ], // each logged-in user
5626 * 'newbie' => [ x, y ], // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5627 * 'ip' => [ x, y ], // each anon and recent account
5628 * 'subnet' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5629 * 'groupName' => [ x, y ], // by group membership
5630 * ]
5631 * ];
5632 * @endcode
5633 *
5634 * @par Normally, the 'noratelimit' right allows a user to bypass any rate
5635 * limit checks. This can be disabled on a per-action basis by setting the
5636 * special '&can-bypass' key to false in that action's configuration.
5637 * @code
5638 * $wgRateLimits = [
5639 * 'some-action' => [
5640 * '&can-bypass' => false,
5641 * 'user' => [ x, y ],
5642 * ];
5643 * @endcode
5644 *
5645 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5646 */
5647 $wgRateLimits = [
5648 // Page edits
5649 'edit' => [
5650 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5651 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5652 'user' => [ 90, 60 ],
5653 ],
5654 // Page moves
5655 'move' => [
5656 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5657 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5658 ],
5659 // File uploads
5660 'upload' => [
5661 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5662 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5663 ],
5664 // Page rollbacks
5665 'rollback' => [
5666 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5667 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5668 ],
5669 // Triggering password resets emails
5670 'mailpassword' => [
5671 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5672 ],
5673 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5674 'emailuser' => [
5675 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5676 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5677 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5678 ],
5679 // Purging pages
5680 'purge' => [
5681 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5682 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5683 ],
5684 // Purges of link tables
5685 'linkpurge' => [
5686 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5687 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5688 ],
5689 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5690 'renderfile' => [
5691 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5692 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5693 ],
5694 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5695 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5696 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5697 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5698 ],
5699 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5700 'stashedit' => [
5701 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5702 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5703 ],
5704 // Adding or removing change tags
5705 'changetag' => [
5706 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5707 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5708 ],
5709 // Changing the content model of a page
5710 'editcontentmodel' => [
5711 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5712 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5713 ],
5714 ];
5715
5716 /**
5717 * Array of IPs / CIDR ranges which should be excluded from rate limits.
5718 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5719 */
5720 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5721
5722 /**
5723 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5724 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5725 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5726 */
5727 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5728
5729 /**
5730 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5731 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5732 */
5733 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5734
5735 /**
5736 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5737 *
5738 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5739 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5740 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5741 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5742 *
5743 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5744 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5745 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5746 */
5747 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5748 // Short term limit
5749 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5750 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5751 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5752 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5753 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60 * 60 * 48 ],
5754 ];
5755
5756 /**
5757 * @var array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5758 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5759 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5760 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5761 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5762 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5763 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5764 * @since 1.27
5765 */
5766 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5767
5768 // @TODO: clean up grants
5769 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5770
5771 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5772 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5773 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5774 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5775 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5776 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5777 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5778 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5779 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5780 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5781
5782 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5783 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5784 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5785 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5786
5787 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5788 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5789 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5790 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5791
5792 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5793 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5794
5795 // FIXME: Rename editmycssjs to editmyconfig
5796 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5797 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5798 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5799 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5800
5801 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5802
5803 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5804 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5805 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editusercss'] = true;
5806 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjson'] = true;
5807 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjs'] = true;
5808
5809 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5810 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5811 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5812 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5813 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5814 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5815 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5816
5817 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5818 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5819
5820 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5821 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5822 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5823 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5824 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5825 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5826
5827 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5828
5829 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5830
5831 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5832 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5833
5834 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5835 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5836 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5837
5838 $wgGrantPermissions['viewrestrictedlogs']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5839
5840 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5841 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5842 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5843 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5844 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5845 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5846 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5847
5848 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5849 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5850
5851 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5852
5853 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5854
5855 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5856
5857 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5858
5859 $wgGrantPermissions['privateinfo']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5860
5861 /**
5862 * @var array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5863 * @since 1.27
5864 */
5865 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5866 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5867 'basic' => 'hidden',
5868
5869 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5870 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5871 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5872 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5873
5874 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5875 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5876
5877 'sendemail' => 'email',
5878
5879 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5880 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5881
5882 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5883 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5884
5885 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5886 'rollback' => 'administration',
5887 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5888 'delete' => 'administration',
5889 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5890 'viewrestrictedlogs' => 'administration',
5891 'protect' => 'administration',
5892 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5893
5894 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5895
5896 'privateinfo' => 'private-information',
5897 ];
5898
5899 /**
5900 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5901 * @since 1.27
5902 */
5903 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5904
5905 /**
5906 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5907 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5908 * @since 1.27
5909 */
5910 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5911
5912 /**
5913 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5914 *
5915 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5916 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5917 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5918 * @since 1.27
5919 */
5920 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5921
5922 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5923
5924 /************************************************************************//**
5925 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5926 * @{
5927 */
5928
5929 /**
5930 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5931 */
5932 $wgSecretKey = false;
5933
5934 /**
5935 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
5936 *
5937 * This can have the following formats:
5938 * - An array of addresses, either in the values
5939 * or the keys (for backward compatibility, deprecated since 1.30)
5940 * - A string, in that case this is the path to a file
5941 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
5942 */
5943 $wgProxyList = [];
5944
5945 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
5946
5947 /************************************************************************//**
5948 * @name Cookie settings
5949 * @{
5950 */
5951
5952 /**
5953 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
5954 */
5955 $wgCookieExpiration = 30 * 86400;
5956
5957 /**
5958 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
5959 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
5960 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
5961 * login cookies session-only.
5962 */
5963 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
5964
5965 /**
5966 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
5967 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
5968 */
5969 $wgCookieDomain = '';
5970
5971 /**
5972 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
5973 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
5974 */
5975 $wgCookiePath = '/';
5976
5977 /**
5978 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
5979 * - true: Set secure flag
5980 * - false: Don't set secure flag
5981 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
5982 */
5983 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
5984
5985 /**
5986 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
5987 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
5988 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
5989 * check.
5990 */
5991 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
5992
5993 /**
5994 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
5995 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
5996 * name to be used as a prefix.
5997 */
5998 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
5999
6000 /**
6001 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
6002 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
6003 * XSS attack.
6004 */
6005 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
6006
6007 /**
6008 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
6009 */
6010 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
6011
6012 /**
6013 * Override to customise the session name
6014 */
6015 $wgSessionName = false;
6016
6017 /**
6018 * Whether to set a cookie when a user is autoblocked. Doing so means that a blocked user, even
6019 * after logging out and moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain
6020 * an authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in
6021 * which case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so
6022 * it is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6023 */
6024 $wgCookieSetOnAutoblock = false;
6025
6026 /**
6027 * Whether to set a cookie when a logged-out user is blocked. Doing so means that a blocked user,
6028 * even after moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain an
6029 * authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in which
6030 * case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so it
6031 * is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6032 */
6033 $wgCookieSetOnIpBlock = false;
6034
6035 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
6036
6037 /************************************************************************//**
6038 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
6039 * @{
6040 */
6041
6042 /**
6043 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
6044 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
6045 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
6046 * Please see math/README for more information.
6047 */
6048 $wgUseTeX = false;
6049
6050 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
6051
6052 /************************************************************************//**
6053 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
6054 *
6055 * See $wgProfiler for how to enable profiling.
6056 *
6057 * @{
6058 */
6059
6060 /**
6061 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
6062 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
6063 * may contain private data.
6064 */
6065 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
6066
6067 /**
6068 * Prefix for debug log lines
6069 */
6070 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
6071
6072 /**
6073 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
6074 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
6075 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
6076 */
6077 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
6078
6079 /**
6080 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
6081 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
6082 * and gen=js requests.
6083 */
6084 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
6085
6086 /**
6087 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
6088 *
6089 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
6090 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
6091 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
6092 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
6093 */
6094 $wgDebugComments = false;
6095
6096 /**
6097 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
6098 *
6099 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
6100 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
6101 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
6102 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
6103 */
6104 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
6105
6106 /**
6107 * Performance expectations for DB usage
6108 *
6109 * @since 1.26
6110 */
6111 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
6112 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
6113 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
6114 'GET' => [
6115 'masterConns' => 0,
6116 'writes' => 0,
6117 'readQueryTime' => 5
6118 ],
6119 // HTTP POST requests.
6120 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
6121 'POST' => [
6122 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6123 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6124 'maxAffected' => 1000
6125 ],
6126 'POST-nonwrite' => [
6127 'masterConns' => 0,
6128 'writes' => 0,
6129 'readQueryTime' => 5
6130 ],
6131 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for GET requests
6132 'PostSend-GET' => [
6133 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6134 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6135 'maxAffected' => 1000,
6136 // Log master queries under the post-send entry point as they are discouraged
6137 'masterConns' => 0,
6138 'writes' => 0,
6139 ],
6140 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for POST requests
6141 'PostSend-POST' => [
6142 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6143 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6144 'maxAffected' => 1000
6145 ],
6146 // Background job runner
6147 'JobRunner' => [
6148 'readQueryTime' => 30,
6149 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6150 'maxAffected' => 500 // ballpark of $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery
6151 ],
6152 // Command-line scripts
6153 'Maintenance' => [
6154 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6155 'maxAffected' => 1000
6156 ]
6157 ];
6158
6159 /**
6160 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
6161 *
6162 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
6163 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
6164 * in production.
6165 *
6166 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
6167 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
6168 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
6169 * - associative array with keys:
6170 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
6171 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
6172 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
6173 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
6174 *
6175 * @par Example:
6176 * @code
6177 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
6178 * @endcode
6179 *
6180 * @par Advanced example:
6181 * @code
6182 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [
6183 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
6184 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
6185 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
6186 * ];
6187 * @endcode
6188 */
6189 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
6190
6191 /**
6192 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
6193 *
6194 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
6195 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
6196 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
6197 * details.
6198 *
6199 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
6200 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
6201 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
6202 *
6203 * @par To completely disable logging:
6204 * @code
6205 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\NullSpi::class ];
6206 * @endcode
6207 *
6208 * @since 1.25
6209 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
6210 * @see MwLogger
6211 */
6212 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
6213 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\LegacySpi::class,
6214 ];
6215
6216 /**
6217 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
6218 *
6219 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6220 */
6221 $wgShowDebug = false;
6222
6223 /**
6224 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6225 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6226 */
6227 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6228
6229 /**
6230 * Print HTTP headers for every request in the debug information.
6231 */
6232 $wgDebugPrintHttpHeaders = true;
6233
6234 /**
6235 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6236 */
6237 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6238
6239 /**
6240 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6241 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6242 * to an attacker.
6243 */
6244 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6245
6246 /**
6247 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print a complete stack trace
6248 * to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it may reveal
6249 * private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6250 * formatting.
6251 */
6252 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6253
6254 /**
6255 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6256 *
6257 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6258 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6259 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6260 * exception handler.
6261 */
6262 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6263
6264 /**
6265 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6266 */
6267 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6268
6269 /**
6270 * If true, the MediaWiki error handler passes errors/warnings to the default error handler
6271 * after logging them. The setting is ignored when the track_errors php.ini flag is true.
6272 */
6273 $wgPropagateErrors = true;
6274
6275 /**
6276 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6277 */
6278 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6279
6280 /**
6281 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6282 * Should be a string, default false.
6283 * @since 1.20
6284 */
6285 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6286
6287 /**
6288 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6289 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6290 */
6291 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6292
6293 /**
6294 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6295 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6296 * after the limit.
6297 */
6298 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6299
6300 /**
6301 * Profiler configuration.
6302 *
6303 * To use a profiler, set $wgProfiler in LocalSetings.php.
6304 * For backwards-compatibility, it is also allowed to set the variable from
6305 * a separate file called StartProfiler.php, which MediaWiki will include.
6306 *
6307 * Example:
6308 *
6309 * @code
6310 * $wgProfiler['class'] = ProfilerXhprof::class;
6311 * @endcode
6312 *
6313 * For output, set the 'output' key to an array of class names, one for each
6314 * output type you want the profiler to generate. For example:
6315 *
6316 * @code
6317 * $wgProfiler['output'] = [ ProfilerOutputText::class ];
6318 * @endcode
6319 *
6320 * The output classes available to you by default are ProfilerOutputDb,
6321 * ProfilerOutputDump, ProfilerOutputStats, ProfilerOutputText, and
6322 * ProfilerOutputUdp.
6323 *
6324 * ProfilerOutputStats outputs profiling data as StatsD metrics. It expects
6325 * that you have set the $wgStatsdServer configuration variable to the host (or
6326 * host:port) of your statsd server.
6327 *
6328 * ProfilerOutputText will output profiling data in the page body as a comment.
6329 * You can make the profiling data in HTML render as part of the page content
6330 * by setting the 'visible' configuration flag:
6331 *
6332 * @code
6333 * $wgProfiler['visible'] = true;
6334 * @endcode
6335 *
6336 * 'ProfilerOutputDb' expects a database table that can be created by applying
6337 * maintenance/archives/patch-profiling.sql to your database.
6338 *
6339 * 'ProfilerOutputDump' expects a $wgProfiler['outputDir'] telling it where to
6340 * write dump files. The files produced are compatible with the XHProf gui.
6341 * For a rudimentary sampling profiler:
6342 *
6343 * @code
6344 * $wgProfiler['class'] = 'ProfilerXhprof';
6345 * $wgProfiler['output'] = array( 'ProfilerOutputDb' );
6346 * $wgProfiler['sampling'] = 50; // one every 50 requests
6347 * @endcode
6348 *
6349 * When using the built-in `sampling` option, the `class` will changed to
6350 * ProfilerStub for non-sampled cases.
6351 *
6352 * For performance, the profiler is always disabled for CLI scripts as they
6353 * could be long running and the data would accumulate. Use the '--profiler'
6354 * parameter of maintenance scripts to override this.
6355 *
6356 * @since 1.17.0
6357 */
6358 $wgProfiler = [];
6359
6360 /**
6361 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6362 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6363 */
6364 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6365
6366 /**
6367 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6368 *
6369 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6370 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6371 */
6372 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6373
6374 /**
6375 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6376 *
6377 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6378 *
6379 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6380 *
6381 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6382 * @since 1.25
6383 */
6384 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6385
6386 /**
6387 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6388 *
6389 * @see MediaWikiServices::getStatsdDataFactory
6390 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6391 * @since 1.25
6392 */
6393 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6394
6395 /**
6396 * Sampling rate for statsd metrics as an associative array of patterns and rates.
6397 * Patterns are Unix shell patterns (e.g. 'MediaWiki.api.*').
6398 * Rates are sampling probabilities (e.g. 0.1 means 1 in 10 events are sampled).
6399 * @since 1.28
6400 */
6401 $wgStatsdSamplingRates = [
6402 'wanobjectcache:*' => 0.001
6403 ];
6404
6405 /**
6406 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6407 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6408 * templates.
6409 */
6410 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6411
6412 /**
6413 * Set this to an integer to only do synchronous site_stats updates
6414 * one every *this many* updates. The other requests go into pending
6415 * delta values in $wgMemc. Make sure that $wgMemc is a global cache.
6416 * If set to -1, updates *only* go to $wgMemc (useful for daemons).
6417 */
6418 $wgSiteStatsAsyncFactor = false;
6419
6420 /**
6421 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6422 * filename is passed to it.
6423 *
6424 * Extensions using extension.json will have any *.txt file in a
6425 * tests/parser/ directory automatically run.
6426 *
6427 * Core tests can be added to ParserTestRunner::$coreTestFiles.
6428 *
6429 * Use full paths.
6430 *
6431 * @deprecated since 1.30
6432 */
6433 $wgParserTestFiles = [];
6434
6435 /**
6436 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6437 */
6438 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6439
6440 /**
6441 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6442 * @since 1.19
6443 */
6444 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6445
6446 /**
6447 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6448 * queries and other useful output.
6449 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseSquid is enabled.
6450 *
6451 * @since 1.19
6452 */
6453 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6454
6455 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6456
6457 /************************************************************************//**
6458 * @name Search
6459 * @{
6460 */
6461
6462 /**
6463 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6464 */
6465 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6466
6467 /**
6468 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6469 * by default off due to execution overhead
6470 */
6471 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6472
6473 /**
6474 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6475 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6476 */
6477 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6478
6479 /**
6480 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6481 *
6482 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6483 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6484 *
6485 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6486 *
6487 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6488 */
6489 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6490
6491 /**
6492 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6493 *
6494 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6495 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6496 *
6497 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6498 */
6499 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6500 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6501 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6502 ];
6503
6504 /**
6505 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6506 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6507 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6508 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6509 */
6510 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6511
6512 /**
6513 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6514 * OpenSearch call.
6515 */
6516 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6517
6518 /**
6519 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6520 */
6521 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6522
6523 /**
6524 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6525 */
6526 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6527
6528 /**
6529 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6530 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6531 */
6532 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6533
6534 /**
6535 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6536 *
6537 * @par Example:
6538 * @code
6539 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6540 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6541 * @endcode
6542 */
6543 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6544 NS_MAIN => true,
6545 ];
6546
6547 /**
6548 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6549 * implemented by an extension instead.
6550 */
6551 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6552
6553 /**
6554 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6555 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6556 * search term.
6557 *
6558 * @par Example:
6559 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6560 * @code
6561 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6562 * 'https://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6563 * '&domains=https://example.com' .
6564 * '&sitesearch=https://example.com' .
6565 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6566 * @endcode
6567 */
6568 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6569
6570 /**
6571 * Search form behavior.
6572 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6573 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6574 */
6575 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6576
6577 /**
6578 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6579 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6580 * generated for all namespaces.
6581 */
6582 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6583
6584 /**
6585 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6586 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6587 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6588 *
6589 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6590 * @par Example:
6591 * @code
6592 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [
6593 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6594 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6595 * ];
6596 * @endcode
6597 */
6598 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6599
6600 /**
6601 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6602 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6603 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6604 */
6605 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6606
6607 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6608
6609 /************************************************************************//**
6610 * @name Edit user interface
6611 * @{
6612 */
6613
6614 /**
6615 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6616 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6617 */
6618 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6619
6620 /**
6621 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6622 */
6623 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6624
6625 /**
6626 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6627 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6628 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6629 */
6630 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6631 NS_CATEGORY => true
6632 ];
6633
6634 /**
6635 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6636 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6637 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6638 */
6639 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6640
6641 /**
6642 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6643 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6644 * ting this variable false.
6645 */
6646 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6647
6648 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6649
6650 /************************************************************************//**
6651 * @name Maintenance
6652 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6653 * @{
6654 */
6655
6656 /**
6657 * @cond file_level_code
6658 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6659 */
6660 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6661 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6662 }
6663 /** @endcond */
6664
6665 /**
6666 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6667 */
6668 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6669
6670 /**
6671 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6672 * used as an explanation to users.
6673 *
6674 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6675 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6676 * option in MySQL.
6677 */
6678 $wgReadOnly = null;
6679
6680 /**
6681 * Set this to true to put the wiki watchlists into read-only mode.
6682 * @var bool
6683 * @since 1.31
6684 */
6685 $wgReadOnlyWatchedItemStore = false;
6686
6687 /**
6688 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6689 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6690 * message.
6691 *
6692 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6693 */
6694 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6695
6696 /**
6697 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6698 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6699 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6700 *
6701 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6702 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6703 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6704 */
6705 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6706
6707 /**
6708 * Fully specified path to git binary
6709 */
6710 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6711
6712 /**
6713 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6714 *
6715 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6716 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6717 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6718 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6719 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6720 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6721 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6722 *
6723 * @since 1.20
6724 */
6725 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6726 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6727 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
6728 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6729 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
6730 ];
6731
6732 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6733
6734 /************************************************************************//**
6735 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6736 * @{
6737 */
6738
6739 /**
6740 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6741 * seconds will go.
6742 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6743 */
6744 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6745
6746 /**
6747 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6748 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6749 * @since 1.26
6750 */
6751 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6752
6753 /**
6754 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6755 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6756 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6757 * @since 1.26
6758 */
6759 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6760
6761 /**
6762 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6763 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6764 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6765 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6766 * is still there.
6767 */
6768 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6769
6770 /**
6771 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6772 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6773 */
6774 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6775
6776 /**
6777 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6778 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6779 */
6780 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6781
6782 /**
6783 * Configuration for feeds to which notifications about recent changes will be sent.
6784 *
6785 * The following feed classes are available by default:
6786 * - 'UDPRCFeedEngine' - sends recent changes over UDP to the specified server.
6787 * - 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine' - send recent changes to Redis.
6788 *
6789 * Only 'class' or 'uri' is required. If 'uri' is set instead of 'class', then
6790 * RecentChange::getEngine() is used to determine the class. All options are
6791 * passed to the constructor.
6792 *
6793 * Common options:
6794 * - 'class' -- The class to use for this feed (must implement RCFeed).
6795 * - 'omit_bots' -- Exclude bot edits from the feed. (default: false)
6796 * - 'omit_anon' -- Exclude anonymous edits from the feed. (default: false)
6797 * - 'omit_user' -- Exclude edits by registered users from the feed. (default: false)
6798 * - 'omit_minor' -- Exclude minor edits from the feed. (default: false)
6799 * - 'omit_patrolled' -- Exclude patrolled edits from the feed. (default: false)
6800 *
6801 * FormattedRCFeed-specific options:
6802 * - 'uri' -- [required] The address to which the messages are sent.
6803 * The uri scheme of this string will be looked up in $wgRCEngines
6804 * to determine which RCFeedEngine class to use.
6805 * - 'formatter' -- [required] The class (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6806 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6807 * Formatters available by default: JSONRCFeedFormatter, XMLRCFeedFormatter,
6808 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter.
6809 *
6810 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6811 * - 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6812 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6813 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6814 *
6815 * JSONRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6816 * - 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6817 *
6818 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6819 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1336',
6820 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6821 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6822 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6823 * ];
6824 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6825 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1338',
6826 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6827 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6828 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6829 * ];
6830 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6831 * 'class' => ExampleRCFeed::class,
6832 * ];
6833 * @since 1.22
6834 */
6835 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6836
6837 /**
6838 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine for a given URI scheme.
6839 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of FormattedRCFeed sub classes.
6840 * @since 1.22
6841 */
6842 $wgRCEngines = [
6843 'redis' => RedisPubSubFeedEngine::class,
6844 'udp' => UDPRCFeedEngine::class,
6845 ];
6846
6847 /**
6848 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6849 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6850 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6851 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6852 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6853 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6854 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6855 *
6856 * @since 1.27
6857 */
6858 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6859
6860 /**
6861 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6862 * New pages and new files are included.
6863 *
6864 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6865 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6866 * Special:Log.
6867 */
6868 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6869
6870 /**
6871 * Whether a preference is displayed for structured change filters.
6872 * If false, no preference is displayed and structured change filters are disabled.
6873 * If true, structured change filters are *enabled* by default, and a preference is displayed
6874 * that lets users disable them.
6875 *
6876 * Temporary variable during development and will be removed.
6877 *
6878 * @since 1.30
6879 */
6880 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersShowPreference = false;
6881
6882 /**
6883 * Whether a preference is displayed for structured change filters on watchlist.
6884 * Works just like $wgStructuredChangeFiltersShowPreference.
6885 *
6886 * Temporary variable during development and will be removed
6887 * @since 1.32
6888 */
6889 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersShowWatchlistPreference = false;
6890
6891 /**
6892 * Whether to enable RCFilters app on Special:Watchlist
6893 *
6894 * Temporary variable during development and will be removed.
6895 */
6896 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersOnWatchlist = false;
6897
6898 /**
6899 * Polling rate, in seconds, used by the 'live update' and 'view newest' features
6900 * of the RCFilters app on SpecialRecentChanges and Special:Watchlist.
6901 * 0 to disable completely.
6902 */
6903 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersLiveUpdatePollingRate = 3;
6904
6905 /**
6906 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6907 *
6908 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6909 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6910 * Special:Log.
6911 */
6912 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6913
6914 /**
6915 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6916 *
6917 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6918 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6919 * Special:Log.
6920 *
6921 * @since 1.27
6922 */
6923 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6924
6925 /**
6926 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6927 */
6928 $wgFeed = true;
6929
6930 /**
6931 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6932 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6933 */
6934 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6935
6936 /**
6937 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6938 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6939 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6940 *
6941 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6942 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6943 */
6944 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6945
6946 /**
6947 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
6948 * pages larger than this size.
6949 */
6950 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
6951
6952 /**
6953 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
6954 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
6955 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
6956 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
6957 * as value.
6958 * @par Example:
6959 * Configure the 'atom' feed to https://example.com/somefeed.xml
6960 * @code
6961 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "https://example.com/somefeed.xml";
6962 * @endcode
6963 */
6964 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
6965
6966 /**
6967 * Available feeds objects.
6968 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
6969 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
6970 */
6971 $wgFeedClasses = [
6972 'rss' => RSSFeed::class,
6973 'atom' => AtomFeed::class,
6974 ];
6975
6976 /**
6977 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
6978 * 'atom', neither, or both.
6979 */
6980 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
6981
6982 /**
6983 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
6984 */
6985 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
6986
6987 /**
6988 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
6989 */
6990 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
6991
6992 /**
6993 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
6994 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
6995 * highlighted on the RC page.
6996 */
6997 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
6998
6999 /**
7000 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
7001 * view for watched pages with new changes
7002 */
7003 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
7004
7005 /**
7006 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
7007 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
7008 */
7009 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
7010
7011 /**
7012 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
7013 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
7014 */
7015 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
7016
7017 /**
7018 * List of core tags to enable. Available tags are:
7019 * - 'mw-contentmodelchange': Edit changes content model of a page
7020 * - 'mw-new-redirect': Edit makes new redirect page (new page or by changing content page)
7021 * - 'mw-removed-redirect': Edit changes an existing redirect into a non-redirect
7022 * - 'mw-changed-redirect-target': Edit changes redirect target
7023 * - 'mw-blank': Edit completely blanks the page
7024 * - 'mw-replace': Edit removes more than 90% of the content
7025 * - 'mw-rollback': Edit is a rollback, made through the rollback link or rollback API
7026 * - 'mw-undo': Edit made through an undo link
7027 *
7028 * @var array
7029 * @since 1.31
7030 */
7031 $wgSoftwareTags = [
7032 'mw-contentmodelchange' => true,
7033 'mw-new-redirect' => true,
7034 'mw-removed-redirect' => true,
7035 'mw-changed-redirect-target' => true,
7036 'mw-blank' => true,
7037 'mw-replace' => true,
7038 'mw-rollback' => true,
7039 'mw-undo' => true,
7040 ];
7041
7042 /**
7043 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
7044 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
7045 * watchers.
7046 *
7047 * @since 1.21
7048 */
7049 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
7050
7051 /**
7052 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
7053 * certain types of edits.
7054 *
7055 * To register a new one:
7056 * @code
7057 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [
7058 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
7059 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
7060 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
7061 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
7062 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
7063 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
7064 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
7065 * 'class' => 'css-class',
7066 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
7067 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
7068 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
7069 * 'grouping' => 'any',
7070 * ];
7071 * @endcode
7072 *
7073 * @since 1.22
7074 */
7075 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
7076 'newpage' => [
7077 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
7078 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
7079 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
7080 'grouping' => 'any',
7081 ],
7082 'minor' => [
7083 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
7084 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
7085 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
7086 'class' => 'minoredit',
7087 'grouping' => 'all',
7088 ],
7089 'bot' => [
7090 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
7091 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
7092 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
7093 'class' => 'botedit',
7094 'grouping' => 'all',
7095 ],
7096 'unpatrolled' => [
7097 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
7098 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
7099 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
7100 'grouping' => 'any',
7101 ],
7102 ];
7103
7104 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
7105
7106 /************************************************************************//**
7107 * @name Copyright and credits settings
7108 * @{
7109 */
7110
7111 /**
7112 * Override for copyright metadata.
7113 *
7114 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
7115 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
7116 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
7117 */
7118 $wgRightsPage = null;
7119
7120 /**
7121 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
7122 * wiki.
7123 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
7124 */
7125 $wgRightsUrl = null;
7126
7127 /**
7128 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
7129 * link.
7130 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
7131 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
7132 */
7133 $wgRightsText = null;
7134
7135 /**
7136 * Override for copyright metadata.
7137 */
7138 $wgRightsIcon = null;
7139
7140 /**
7141 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
7142 */
7143 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
7144
7145 /**
7146 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
7147 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
7148 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
7149 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
7150 * large wikis.
7151 */
7152 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
7153
7154 /**
7155 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
7156 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
7157 */
7158 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
7159
7160 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
7161
7162 /************************************************************************//**
7163 * @name Import / Export
7164 * @{
7165 */
7166
7167 /**
7168 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
7169 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
7170 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
7171 *
7172 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
7173 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
7174 * e.g.
7175 * @code
7176 * $wgImportSources = [
7177 * 'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ],
7178 * 'wikispecies',
7179 * 'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ],
7180 * ];
7181 * @endcode
7182 *
7183 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
7184 * the ImportSources hook.
7185 *
7186 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
7187 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
7188 */
7189 $wgImportSources = [];
7190
7191 /**
7192 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
7193 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
7194 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
7195 *
7196 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
7197 */
7198 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
7199
7200 /**
7201 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
7202 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
7203 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
7204 */
7205 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
7206
7207 /**
7208 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
7209 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
7210 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
7211 */
7212 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
7213
7214 /**
7215 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
7216 */
7217 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
7218
7219 /**
7220 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
7221 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
7222 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
7223 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
7224 * it's disabled by default for now.
7225 *
7226 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
7227 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
7228 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
7229 */
7230 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
7231
7232 /**
7233 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
7234 */
7235 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
7236
7237 /**
7238 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
7239 */
7240 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
7241
7242 /**
7243 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
7244 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
7245 *
7246 * @since 1.27
7247 */
7248 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
7249
7250 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
7251
7252 /*************************************************************************//**
7253 * @name Extensions
7254 * @{
7255 */
7256
7257 /**
7258 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
7259 * initialised
7260 */
7261 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
7262
7263 /**
7264 * Extension messages files.
7265 *
7266 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
7267 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
7268 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
7269 * is the most common.
7270 *
7271 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
7272 * in the core.
7273 *
7274 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
7275 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
7276 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
7277 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
7278 *
7279 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
7280 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
7281 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
7282 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
7283 *
7284 * @par Example:
7285 * @code
7286 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
7287 * @endcode
7288 */
7289 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
7290
7291 /**
7292 * Extension messages directories.
7293 *
7294 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
7295 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
7296 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
7297 * message directories.
7298 *
7299 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
7300 *
7301 * @par Simple example:
7302 * @code
7303 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
7304 * @endcode
7305 *
7306 * @par Complex example:
7307 * @code
7308 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [
7309 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
7310 * __DIR__ . '/lib/oojs-ui/i18n',
7311 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
7312 * ]
7313 * @endcode
7314 * @since 1.23
7315 */
7316 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
7317
7318 /**
7319 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
7320 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
7321 * @since 1.22
7322 */
7323 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
7324
7325 /**
7326 * Parser output hooks.
7327 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
7328 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
7329 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
7330 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
7331 *
7332 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
7333 *
7334 * The callback has the form:
7335 * @code
7336 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
7337 * @endcode
7338 */
7339 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
7340
7341 /**
7342 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
7343 */
7344 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
7345
7346 /**
7347 * List of valid skin names
7348 *
7349 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
7350 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
7351 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
7352 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
7353 */
7354 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
7355
7356 /**
7357 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
7358 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
7359 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
7360 * SpecialPage.
7361 */
7362 $wgSpecialPages = [];
7363
7364 /**
7365 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
7366 */
7367 $wgAutoloadClasses = [];
7368
7369 /**
7370 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
7371 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
7372 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
7373 */
7374 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
7375
7376 /**
7377 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
7378 *
7379 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7380 *
7381 * @code
7382 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = [
7383 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7384 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7385 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7386 * 'author' => [
7387 * 'Foo Barstein',
7388 * ],
7389 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7390 * 'url' => 'https://example.org/example-extension/',
7391 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7392 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0-or-later',
7393 * ];
7394 * @endcode
7395 *
7396 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7397 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7398 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7399 * interpreted as wikitext.
7400 *
7401 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7402 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7403 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7404 *
7405 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7406 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7407 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7408 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7409 *
7410 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7411 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7412 * usually are.)
7413 *
7414 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7415 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7416 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7417 * for instance "[https://example ...]".
7418 *
7419 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7420 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7421 *
7422 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7423 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7424 *
7425 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7426 * as "GPL-2.0-or-later" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7427 */
7428 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7429
7430 /**
7431 * Authentication plugin.
7432 * @var $wgAuth AuthPlugin
7433 * @deprecated since 1.27 use $wgAuthManagerConfig instead
7434 */
7435 $wgAuth = null;
7436
7437 /**
7438 * Global list of hooks.
7439 *
7440 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7441 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7442 * internally by Hook:run().
7443 *
7444 * The value can be one of:
7445 *
7446 * - A function name:
7447 * @code
7448 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7449 * @endcode
7450 * - A function with some data:
7451 * @code
7452 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];
7453 * @endcode
7454 * - A an object method:
7455 * @code
7456 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];
7457 * @endcode
7458 * - A closure:
7459 * @code
7460 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7461 * // Handler code goes here.
7462 * };
7463 * @endcode
7464 *
7465 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7466 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7467 *
7468 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7469 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7470 */
7471 $wgHooks = [];
7472
7473 /**
7474 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7475 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7476 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7477 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7478 * hook for that.
7479 *
7480 * @see MediaWikiServices
7481 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7482 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7483 */
7484 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7485 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7486 ];
7487
7488 /**
7489 * Maps jobs to their handlers; extensions
7490 * can add to this to provide custom jobs.
7491 * A job handler should either be a class name to be instantiated,
7492 * or (since 1.30) a callback to use for creating the job object.
7493 */
7494 $wgJobClasses = [
7495 'refreshLinks' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7496 'deleteLinks' => DeleteLinksJob::class,
7497 'htmlCacheUpdate' => HTMLCacheUpdateJob::class,
7498 'sendMail' => EmaillingJob::class,
7499 'enotifNotify' => EnotifNotifyJob::class,
7500 'fixDoubleRedirect' => DoubleRedirectJob::class,
7501 'AssembleUploadChunks' => AssembleUploadChunksJob::class,
7502 'PublishStashedFile' => PublishStashedFileJob::class,
7503 'ThumbnailRender' => ThumbnailRenderJob::class,
7504 'recentChangesUpdate' => RecentChangesUpdateJob::class,
7505 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7506 'refreshLinksDynamic' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7507 'activityUpdateJob' => ActivityUpdateJob::class,
7508 'categoryMembershipChange' => CategoryMembershipChangeJob::class,
7509 'clearUserWatchlist' => ClearUserWatchlistJob::class,
7510 'cdnPurge' => CdnPurgeJob::class,
7511 'userGroupExpiry' => UserGroupExpiryJob::class,
7512 'clearWatchlistNotifications' => ClearWatchlistNotificationsJob::class,
7513 'enqueue' => EnqueueJob::class, // local queue for multi-DC setups
7514 'null' => NullJob::class,
7515 ];
7516
7517 /**
7518 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7519 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7520 *
7521 * These can be:
7522 * - Very long-running jobs.
7523 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7524 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7525 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7526 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7527 */
7528 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7529
7530 /**
7531 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7532 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7533 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7534 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7535 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7536 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7537 * @var float[]
7538 */
7539 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7540
7541 /**
7542 * Make job runners commit changes for replica DB-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7543 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on replica DB lag checks.
7544 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7545 *
7546 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7547 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7548 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7549 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7550 *
7551 * @var float|bool
7552 * @since 1.26
7553 */
7554 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7555
7556 /**
7557 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7558 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7559 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7560 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7561 */
7562 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7563 'default' => [ 'class' => JobQueueDB::class, 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7564 ];
7565
7566 /**
7567 * Which aggregator to use for tracking which queues have jobs.
7568 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7569 */
7570 $wgJobQueueAggregator = [
7571 'class' => JobQueueAggregatorNull::class
7572 ];
7573
7574 /**
7575 * Whether to include the number of jobs that are queued
7576 * for the API's maxlag parameter.
7577 * The total number of jobs will be divided by this to get an
7578 * estimated second of maxlag. Typically bots backoff at maxlag=5,
7579 * so setting this to the max number of jobs that should be in your
7580 * queue divided by 5 should have the effect of stopping bots once
7581 * that limit is hit.
7582 *
7583 * @since 1.29
7584 */
7585 $wgJobQueueIncludeInMaxLagFactor = false;
7586
7587 /**
7588 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7589 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7590 */
7591 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7592 'Statistics' => [ SiteStatsUpdate::class, 'cacheUpdate' ]
7593 ];
7594
7595 /**
7596 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7597 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7598 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7599 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7600 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7601 */
7602 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7603 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7604 ];
7605
7606 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7607
7608 /*************************************************************************//**
7609 * @name Categories
7610 * @{
7611 */
7612
7613 /**
7614 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7615 */
7616 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7617
7618 /**
7619 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7620 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7621 */
7622 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7623
7624 /**
7625 * Paging limit for categories
7626 */
7627 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7628
7629 /**
7630 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7631 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7632 *
7633 * Available values are:
7634 *
7635 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7636 *
7637 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7638 *
7639 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7640 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7641 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7642 *
7643 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7644 * installed. See https://secure.php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7645 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7646 * server.
7647 *
7648 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7649 * the sort keys in the database.
7650 *
7651 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7652 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7653 */
7654 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7655
7656 /** @} */ # End categories }
7657
7658 /*************************************************************************//**
7659 * @name Logging
7660 * @{
7661 */
7662
7663 /**
7664 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7665 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7666 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7667 * log type.
7668 */
7669 $wgLogTypes = [
7670 '',
7671 'block',
7672 'protect',
7673 'rights',
7674 'delete',
7675 'upload',
7676 'move',
7677 'import',
7678 'patrol',
7679 'merge',
7680 'suppress',
7681 'tag',
7682 'managetags',
7683 'contentmodel',
7684 ];
7685
7686 /**
7687 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7688 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7689 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7690 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7691 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7692 */
7693 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7694 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7695 ];
7696
7697 /**
7698 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7699 *
7700 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7701 *
7702 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7703 *
7704 * @par Example:
7705 * @code
7706 * $wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];
7707 * @endcode
7708 *
7709 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7710 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7711 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7712 *
7713 * A message of the form log-show-hide-[type] should be added, and will be used
7714 * for the link text.
7715 */
7716 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7717 'patrol' => true,
7718 'tag' => true,
7719 ];
7720
7721 /**
7722 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7723 * will be listed in the user interface.
7724 *
7725 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7726 *
7727 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7728 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7729 */
7730 $wgLogNames = [
7731 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7732 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7733 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7734 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7735 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7736 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7737 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7738 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7739 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7740 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7741 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7742 ];
7743
7744 /**
7745 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7746 * top of each log type.
7747 *
7748 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7749 *
7750 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7751 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7752 */
7753 $wgLogHeaders = [
7754 '' => 'alllogstext',
7755 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7756 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7757 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7758 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7759 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7760 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7761 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7762 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7763 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7764 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7765 ];
7766
7767 /**
7768 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7769 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7770 *
7771 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7772 */
7773 $wgLogActions = [];
7774
7775 /**
7776 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7777 * not messages.
7778 * @see LogPage::actionText
7779 * @see LogFormatter
7780 */
7781 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7782 'block/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7783 'block/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7784 'block/unblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7785 'contentmodel/change' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
7786 'contentmodel/new' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
7787 'delete/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7788 'delete/delete_redir' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7789 'delete/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7790 'delete/restore' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7791 'delete/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7792 'import/interwiki' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
7793 'import/upload' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
7794 'managetags/activate' => LogFormatter::class,
7795 'managetags/create' => LogFormatter::class,
7796 'managetags/deactivate' => LogFormatter::class,
7797 'managetags/delete' => LogFormatter::class,
7798 'merge/merge' => MergeLogFormatter::class,
7799 'move/move' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
7800 'move/move_redir' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
7801 'patrol/patrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
7802 'patrol/autopatrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
7803 'protect/modify' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7804 'protect/move_prot' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7805 'protect/protect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7806 'protect/unprotect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7807 'rights/autopromote' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
7808 'rights/rights' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
7809 'suppress/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7810 'suppress/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7811 'suppress/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7812 'suppress/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7813 'suppress/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7814 'tag/update' => TagLogFormatter::class,
7815 'upload/overwrite' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7816 'upload/revert' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7817 'upload/upload' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7818 ];
7819
7820 /**
7821 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7822 *
7823 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7824 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7825 * Extensions may append to this array
7826 * @since 1.27
7827 */
7828 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7829 'block' => [
7830 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7831 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7832 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7833 ],
7834 'contentmodel' => [
7835 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7836 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7837 ],
7838 'delete' => [
7839 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7840 'delete_redir' => [ 'delete_redir' ],
7841 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7842 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7843 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7844 ],
7845 'import' => [
7846 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7847 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7848 ],
7849 'managetags' => [
7850 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7851 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7852 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7853 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7854 ],
7855 'move' => [
7856 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7857 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7858 ],
7859 'newusers' => [
7860 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7861 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7862 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7863 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7864 ],
7865 'protect' => [
7866 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7867 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7868 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7869 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7870 ],
7871 'rights' => [
7872 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7873 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7874 ],
7875 'suppress' => [
7876 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7877 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7878 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7879 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7880 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7881 ],
7882 'upload' => [
7883 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7884 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7885 ],
7886 ];
7887
7888 /**
7889 * Maintain a log of newusers at Special:Log/newusers?
7890 */
7891 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7892
7893 /**
7894 * Maintain a log of page creations at Special:Log/create?
7895 * @since 1.32
7896 */
7897 $wgPageCreationLog = false;
7898
7899 /** @} */ # end logging }
7900
7901 /*************************************************************************//**
7902 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7903 * @{
7904 */
7905
7906 /**
7907 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7908 */
7909 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7910
7911 /**
7912 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7913 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7914 */
7915 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7916
7917 /**
7918 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7919 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7920 */
7921 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7922
7923 /**
7924 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7925 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7926 */
7927 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7928
7929 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7930
7931 /*************************************************************************//**
7932 * @name Actions
7933 * @{
7934 */
7935
7936 /**
7937 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7938 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7939 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7940 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7941 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7942 * instead of the default class.
7943 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7944 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
7945 */
7946 $wgActions = [
7947 'credits' => true,
7948 'delete' => true,
7949 'edit' => true,
7950 'editchangetags' => SpecialPageAction::class,
7951 'history' => true,
7952 'info' => true,
7953 'markpatrolled' => true,
7954 'protect' => true,
7955 'purge' => true,
7956 'raw' => true,
7957 'render' => true,
7958 'revert' => true,
7959 'revisiondelete' => SpecialPageAction::class,
7960 'rollback' => true,
7961 'submit' => true,
7962 'unprotect' => true,
7963 'unwatch' => true,
7964 'view' => true,
7965 'watch' => true,
7966 ];
7967
7968 /** @} */ # end actions }
7969
7970 /*************************************************************************//**
7971 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
7972 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
7973 * @{
7974 */
7975
7976 /**
7977 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
7978 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
7979 * basis.
7980 */
7981 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
7982
7983 /**
7984 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
7985 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
7986 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
7987 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
7988 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
7989 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
7990 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
7991 *
7992 * @par Example:
7993 * @code
7994 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ];
7995 * @endcode
7996 */
7997 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
7998
7999 /**
8000 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
8001 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
8002 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
8003 *
8004 * @par Example:
8005 * @code
8006 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
8007 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
8008 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
8009 * ];
8010 * @endcode
8011 *
8012 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
8013 * forms:
8014 * @code
8015 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
8016 * # Underscore, not space!
8017 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
8018 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
8019 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
8020 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
8021 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
8022 * ];
8023 * @endcode
8024 */
8025 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
8026
8027 /**
8028 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
8029 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
8030 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
8031 *
8032 * @par Example:
8033 * @code
8034 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ];
8035 * @endcode
8036 */
8037 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
8038
8039 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
8040
8041 /************************************************************************//**
8042 * @name AJAX and API
8043 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
8044 * replaced by the API entry point, api.php. They are essentially equivalent.
8045 * Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
8046 * @{
8047 */
8048
8049 /**
8050 *
8051 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
8052 *
8053 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
8054 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
8055 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
8056 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
8057 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
8058 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
8059 * requiring POST.
8060 *
8061 * @since 1.21
8062 */
8063 $wgDebugAPI = false;
8064
8065 /**
8066 * API module extensions.
8067 *
8068 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
8069 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
8070 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
8071 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
8072 *
8073 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
8074 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
8075 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
8076 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
8077 * field.
8078 *
8079 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
8080 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
8081 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
8082 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
8083 *
8084 * Examples for registering API modules:
8085 *
8086 * @code
8087 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
8088 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = [
8089 * 'class' => ApiBar::class,
8090 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
8091 * ];
8092 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [
8093 * 'class' => ApiXyzzy::class,
8094 * 'factory' => [ XyzzyFactory::class, 'newApiModule' ]
8095 * ];
8096 * @endcode
8097 *
8098 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8099 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
8100 */
8101 $wgAPIModules = [];
8102
8103 /**
8104 * API format module extensions.
8105 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8106 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8107 *
8108 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
8109 */
8110 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
8111
8112 /**
8113 * API Query meta module extensions.
8114 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8115 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8116 *
8117 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
8118 */
8119 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
8120
8121 /**
8122 * API Query prop module extensions.
8123 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8124 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8125 *
8126 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
8127 */
8128 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
8129
8130 /**
8131 * API Query list module extensions.
8132 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8133 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8134 *
8135 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
8136 */
8137 $wgAPIListModules = [];
8138
8139 /**
8140 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
8141 * The default value is generally fine
8142 */
8143 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
8144
8145 /**
8146 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
8147 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
8148 */
8149 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
8150
8151 /**
8152 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
8153 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
8154 */
8155 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
8156
8157 /**
8158 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB replica DBs to tolerate
8159 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
8160 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
8161 */
8162 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
8163
8164 /**
8165 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
8166 * API request logging
8167 */
8168 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
8169
8170 /**
8171 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
8172 */
8173 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
8174
8175 /**
8176 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
8177 * API queries.
8178 */
8179 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
8180 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
8181 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
8182 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
8183 ];
8184
8185 /**
8186 * Enable AJAX framework
8187 *
8188 * @deprecated (officially) since MediaWiki 1.31 and ignored since 1.32
8189 */
8190 $wgUseAjax = true;
8191
8192 /**
8193 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
8194 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
8195 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
8196 */
8197 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
8198
8199 /**
8200 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
8201 */
8202 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
8203
8204 /**
8205 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX.
8206 */
8207 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
8208
8209 /**
8210 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
8211 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
8212 */
8213 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
8214
8215 /**
8216 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
8217 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
8218 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
8219 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
8220 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
8221 *
8222 * - '*' matches any number of characters
8223 * - '?' matches any 1 character
8224 *
8225 * @par Example:
8226 * @code
8227 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [
8228 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
8229 * '*.wikipedia.org',
8230 * '*.wikimedia.org',
8231 * '*.wiktionary.org',
8232 * ];
8233 * @endcode
8234 */
8235 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
8236
8237 /**
8238 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
8239 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8240 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8241 */
8242 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
8243
8244 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
8245
8246 /************************************************************************//**
8247 * @name Shell and process control
8248 * @{
8249 */
8250
8251 /**
8252 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
8253 */
8254 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
8255
8256 /**
8257 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
8258 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
8259 */
8260 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
8261
8262 /**
8263 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8264 */
8265 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
8266
8267 /**
8268 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
8269 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8270 */
8271 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
8272
8273 /**
8274 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
8275 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
8276 *
8277 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
8278 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
8279 * them segfault or deadlock.
8280 *
8281 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
8282 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
8283 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
8284 *
8285 * @par Example:
8286 * @code
8287 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
8288 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
8289 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
8290 * @endcode
8291 *
8292 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
8293 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
8294 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
8295 */
8296 $wgShellCgroup = false;
8297
8298 /**
8299 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary. Should be set up on install.
8300 */
8301 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
8302
8303 /**
8304 * Locale for LC_ALL, to provide a known environment for locale-sensitive operations
8305 *
8306 * For Unix-like operating systems, this should be set to C.UTF-8 or an
8307 * equivalent to provide the most consistent behavior for locale-sensitive
8308 * C library operations across different-language wikis. If that locale is not
8309 * available, use another locale that has a UTF-8 character set.
8310 *
8311 * This setting mainly affects the behavior of C library functions, including:
8312 * - String collation (order when sorting using locale-sensitive comparison)
8313 * - For example, whether "Å" and "A" are considered to be the same letter or
8314 * different letters and if different whether it comes after "A" or after
8315 * "Z", and whether sorting is case sensitive.
8316 * - String character set (how characters beyond basic ASCII are represented)
8317 * - We need this to be a UTF-8 character set to work around
8318 * https://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
8319 * - Language used for low-level error messages.
8320 * - Formatting of date/time and numeric values (e.g. '.' versus ',' as the
8321 * decimal separator)
8322 *
8323 * MediaWiki provides its own methods and classes to perform many
8324 * locale-sensitive operations, which are designed to be able to vary locale
8325 * based on wiki language or user preference:
8326 * - MediaWiki's Collation class should generally be used instead of the C
8327 * library collation functions when locale-sensitive sorting is needed.
8328 * - MediaWiki's Message class should be used for localization of messages
8329 * displayed to the user.
8330 * - MediaWiki's Language class should be used for formatting numeric and
8331 * date/time values.
8332 *
8333 * @note If multiple wikis are being served from the same process (e.g. the
8334 * same fastCGI or Apache server), this setting must be the same on all those
8335 * wikis.
8336 */
8337 $wgShellLocale = 'C.UTF-8';
8338
8339 /**
8340 * Method to use to restrict shell commands
8341 *
8342 * Supported options:
8343 * - 'autodetect': Autodetect if any restriction methods are available
8344 * - 'firejail': Use firejail <https://firejail.wordpress.com/>
8345 * - false: Don't use any restrictions
8346 *
8347 * @note If using firejail with MediaWiki running in a home directory different
8348 * from the webserver user, firejail 0.9.44+ is required.
8349 *
8350 * @since 1.31
8351 * @var string|bool
8352 */
8353 $wgShellRestrictionMethod = false;
8354
8355 /** @} */ # End shell }
8356
8357 /************************************************************************//**
8358 * @name HTTP client
8359 * @{
8360 */
8361
8362 /**
8363 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
8364 * @var int
8365 */
8366 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
8367
8368 /**
8369 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally for transwiki imports, in seconds.
8370 * @since 1.29
8371 */
8372 $wgHTTPImportTimeout = 25;
8373
8374 /**
8375 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
8376 */
8377 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
8378
8379 /**
8380 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
8381 */
8382 $wgHTTPProxy = false;
8383
8384 /**
8385 * Local virtual hosts.
8386 *
8387 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
8388 *
8389 * This affects the following:
8390 * - MWHttpRequest: If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any
8391 * subdomain thereof, then no proxy will be used.
8392 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
8393 * the proxy if it is configured.
8394 *
8395 * @since 1.25
8396 */
8397 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
8398
8399 /**
8400 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
8401 * Only works for curl
8402 */
8403 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
8404
8405 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
8406
8407 /************************************************************************//**
8408 * @name Job queue
8409 * @{
8410 */
8411
8412 /**
8413 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
8414 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
8415 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
8416 * be run periodically.
8417 */
8418 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
8419
8420 /**
8421 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
8422 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
8423 * execution finishes.
8424 *
8425 * @since 1.23
8426 */
8427 $wgRunJobsAsync = false;
8428
8429 /**
8430 * Number of rows to update per job
8431 */
8432 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8433
8434 /**
8435 * Number of rows to update per query
8436 */
8437 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8438
8439 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8440
8441 /************************************************************************//**
8442 * @name Miscellaneous
8443 * @{
8444 */
8445
8446 /**
8447 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8448 * * string: path to an external diff executable
8449 * * false: wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module if installed, otherwise the default PHP implementation
8450 * * 'wikidiff', 'wikidiff2', and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8451 */
8452 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8453
8454 /**
8455 * wikidiff2 supports detection of changes in moved paragraphs.
8456 * This setting controls the maximum number of paragraphs to compare before it bails out.
8457 * Supported values:
8458 * * 0: detection of moved paragraphs is disabled
8459 * * int > 0: maximum number of paragraphs to compare
8460 * Note: number of paragraph comparisons is in O(n^2).
8461 * This setting is only effective if the wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module is used as diffengine.
8462 * See $wgExternalDiffEngine.
8463 *
8464 * @since 1.30
8465 */
8466 $wgWikiDiff2MovedParagraphDetectionCutoff = 0;
8467
8468 /**
8469 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8470 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8471 *
8472 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8473 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8474 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8475 */
8476 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8477
8478 /**
8479 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8480 * For debugging
8481 */
8482 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8483
8484 /**
8485 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8486 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8487 */
8488 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8489
8490 /**
8491 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8492 */
8493 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8494
8495 /**
8496 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8497 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8498 */
8499 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8500
8501 /**
8502 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8503 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8504 */
8505 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8506
8507 /**
8508 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8509 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8510 *
8511 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8512 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8513 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8514 * parameters.
8515 *
8516 * @par Example using local redis instance:
8517 * @code
8518 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8519 * 'class' => PoolCounterRedis::class,
8520 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8521 * 'workers' => 1, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8522 * 'maxqueue' => 5, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8523 * 'servers' => [ '127.0.0.1' ],
8524 * 'redisConfig' => []
8525 * ] ];
8526 * @endcode
8527 *
8528 * @par Example using C daemon from https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:PoolCounter:
8529 * @code
8530 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8531 * 'class' => PoolCounter_Client::class,
8532 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8533 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8534 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8535 * ... any extension-specific options...
8536 * ] ];
8537 * @endcode
8538 */
8539 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8540
8541 /**
8542 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8543 */
8544 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8545
8546 /**
8547 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8548 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8549 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8550 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8551 *
8552 * @since 1.21
8553 */
8554 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8555
8556 /**
8557 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8558 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8559 *
8560 * * 'ignore': return null
8561 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8562 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8563 *
8564 * @since 1.21
8565 */
8566 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8567
8568 /**
8569 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8570 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8571 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8572 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8573 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8574 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8575 *
8576 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8577 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8578 *
8579 * @since 1.21
8580 */
8581 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8582
8583 /**
8584 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8585 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8586 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8587 *
8588 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8589 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8590 *
8591 * @since 1.21
8592 */
8593 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8594 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8595 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8596 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8597 ];
8598
8599 /**
8600 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8601 *
8602 * @since 1.20
8603 */
8604 $wgSiteTypes = [
8605 'mediawiki' => MediaWikiSite::class,
8606 ];
8607
8608 /**
8609 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8610 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8611 * @since 1.23
8612 */
8613 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8614
8615 /**
8616 * Port where you have HTTPS running
8617 * Supports HTTPS on non-standard ports
8618 * @see T67184
8619 * @since 1.24
8620 */
8621 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8622
8623 /**
8624 * Secret for session storage.
8625 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8626 * be used.
8627 * @since 1.27
8628 */
8629 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8630
8631 /**
8632 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8633 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8634 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8635 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8636 * @since 1.27
8637 */
8638 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8639
8640 /**
8641 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8642 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8643 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8644 * be used.
8645 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8646 * @since 1.24
8647 */
8648 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8649
8650 /**
8651 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8652 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8653 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8654 * @since 1.24
8655 */
8656 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8657
8658 /**
8659 * Enable page language feature
8660 * Allows setting page language in database
8661 * @var bool
8662 * @since 1.24
8663 */
8664 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8665
8666 /**
8667 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8668 *
8669 * Use the 'path' key to define automatically mounted services. The value for this
8670 * key is a map of path prefixes to service configuration. The latter is an array of:
8671 * - class : the fully qualified class name
8672 * - options : map of arguments to the class constructor
8673 * Such services will be available to handle queries under their path from the VRS
8674 * singleton, e.g. MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getVirtualRESTServiceClient();
8675 *
8676 * Auto-mounting example for Parsoid:
8677 *
8678 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['paths']['/parsoid/'] = [
8679 * 'class' => ParsoidVirtualRESTService::class,
8680 * 'options' => [
8681 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8682 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8683 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org'
8684 * ]
8685 * ];
8686 *
8687 * Parameters for different services can also be declared inside the 'modules' value,
8688 * which is to be treated as an associative array. The parameters in 'global' will be
8689 * merged with service-specific ones. The result will then be passed to
8690 * VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the module.
8691 *
8692 * Example config for Parsoid:
8693 *
8694 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [
8695 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8696 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8697 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8698 * ];
8699 *
8700 * @var array
8701 * @since 1.25
8702 */
8703 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8704 'paths' => [],
8705 'modules' => [],
8706 'global' => [
8707 # Timeout in seconds
8708 'timeout' => 360,
8709 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8710 'forwardCookies' => false,
8711 'HTTPProxy' => null
8712 ]
8713 ];
8714
8715 /**
8716 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8717 * these suggestions.
8718 *
8719 * @var bool
8720 * @since 1.26
8721 */
8722 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8723
8724 /**
8725 * Where popular password file is located.
8726 *
8727 * Default in core contains 10,000 most popular. This config
8728 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8729 * a password file with > 10000 entries in it.
8730 *
8731 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8732 * @since 1.27
8733 * @var string path to file
8734 */
8735 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/../serialized/commonpasswords.cdb';
8736
8737 /*
8738 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8739 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8740 *
8741 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8742 * @since 1.27
8743 */
8744 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8745
8746 /*
8747 * Max time (in seconds) a job-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8748 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8749 *
8750 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8751 * @since 1.30
8752 */
8753 $wgMaxJobDBWriteDuration = false;
8754
8755 /**
8756 * Controls Content-Security-Policy header [Experimental]
8757 *
8758 * @see https://www.w3.org/TR/CSP2/
8759 * @since 1.32
8760 * @var bool|array true to send default version, false to not send.
8761 * If an array, can have parameters:
8762 * 'default-src' If true or array (of additional urls) will set a default-src
8763 * directive, which limits what places things can load from. If false or not
8764 * set, will send a default-src directive allowing all sources.
8765 * 'includeCORS' If true or not set, will include urls from
8766 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains as an allowed load sources.
8767 * 'unsafeFallback' Add unsafe-inline as a script source, as a fallback for
8768 * browsers that do not understand nonce-sources [default on].
8769 * 'script-src' Array of additional places that are allowed to have JS be loaded from.
8770 * 'report-uri' true to use MW api [default], false to disable, string for alternate uri
8771 * @warning May cause slowness on windows due to slow random number generator.
8772 */
8773 $wgCSPHeader = false;
8774
8775 /**
8776 * Controls Content-Security-Policy-Report-Only header
8777 *
8778 * @since 1.32
8779 * @var bool|array Same as $wgCSPHeader
8780 */
8781 $wgCSPReportOnlyHeader = false;
8782
8783 /**
8784 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8785 *
8786 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8787 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8788 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8789 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8790 * can run on each CDN cache node and perfom local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8791 *
8792 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8793 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8794 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8795 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8796 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8797 *
8798 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8799 *
8800 * @since 1.27
8801 */
8802 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8803 'default' => [
8804 'class' => EventRelayerNull::class,
8805 ]
8806 ];
8807
8808 /**
8809 * Share data about this installation with MediaWiki developers
8810 *
8811 * When set to true, MediaWiki will periodically ping https://www.mediawiki.org/ with basic
8812 * data about this MediaWiki instance. This data includes, for example, the type of system,
8813 * PHP version, and chosen database backend. The Wikimedia Foundation shares this data with
8814 * MediaWiki developers to help guide future development efforts.
8815 *
8816 * For details about what data is sent, see: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:$wgPingback
8817 *
8818 * @var bool
8819 * @since 1.28
8820 */
8821 $wgPingback = false;
8822
8823 /**
8824 * List of urls which appear often to be triggering CSP reports
8825 * but do not appear to be caused by actual content, but by client
8826 * software inserting scripts (i.e. Ad-Ware).
8827 * List based on results from Wikimedia logs.
8828 *
8829 * @since 1.28
8830 */
8831 $wgCSPFalsePositiveUrls = [
8832 'https://3hub.co' => true,
8833 'https://morepro.info' => true,
8834 'https://p.ato.mx' => true,
8835 'https://s.ato.mx' => true,
8836 'https://adserver.adtech.de' => true,
8837 'https://ums.adtechus.com' => true,
8838 'https://cas.criteo.com' => true,
8839 'https://cat.nl.eu.criteo.com' => true,
8840 'https://atpixel.alephd.com' => true,
8841 'https://rtb.metrigo.com' => true,
8842 'https://d5p.de17a.com' => true,
8843 'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js' => true,
8844 ];
8845
8846 /**
8847 * Shortest CIDR limits that can be checked in any individual range check
8848 * at Special:Contributions.
8849 *
8850 * @var array
8851 * @since 1.30
8852 */
8853 $wgRangeContributionsCIDRLimit = [
8854 'IPv4' => 16,
8855 'IPv6' => 32,
8856 ];
8857
8858 /**
8859 * The following variables define 3 user experience levels:
8860 *
8861 * - newcomer: has not yet reached the 'learner' level
8862 *
8863 * - learner: has at least $wgLearnerEdits and has been
8864 * a member for $wgLearnerMemberSince days
8865 * but has not yet reached the 'experienced' level.
8866 *
8867 * - experienced: has at least $wgExperiencedUserEdits edits and
8868 * has been a member for $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince days.
8869 */
8870 $wgLearnerEdits = 10;
8871 $wgLearnerMemberSince = 4; # days
8872 $wgExperiencedUserEdits = 500;
8873 $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince = 30; # days
8874
8875 /**
8876 * Mapping of interwiki index prefixes to descriptors that
8877 * can be used to change the display of interwiki search results.
8878 *
8879 * Descriptors are appended to CSS classes of interwiki results
8880 * which using InterwikiSearchResultWidget.
8881 *
8882 * Predefined descriptors include the following words:
8883 * definition, textbook, news, quotation, book, travel, course
8884 *
8885 * @par Example:
8886 * @code
8887 * $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [
8888 * 'iwprefix' => 'definition'
8889 *];
8890 * @endcode
8891 */
8892 $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [];
8893
8894 /**
8895 * Comment table schema migration stage.
8896 * @since 1.30
8897 * @var int One of the MIGRATION_* constants
8898 */
8899 $wgCommentTableSchemaMigrationStage = MIGRATION_OLD;
8900
8901 /**
8902 * RevisionStore table schema migration stage (content, slots, content_models & slot_roles tables)
8903 *
8904 * @see Task: https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T174028
8905 * @see Commit: https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/378724/
8906 *
8907 * @since 1.32
8908 * @var int One of the MIGRATION_* constants
8909 */
8910 $wgMultiContentRevisionSchemaMigrationStage = MIGRATION_OLD;
8911
8912 /**
8913 * Actor table schema migration stage.
8914 * @since 1.31
8915 * @var int One of the MIGRATION_* constants
8916 */
8917 $wgActorTableSchemaMigrationStage = MIGRATION_OLD;
8918
8919 /**
8920 * Temporary option to disable the date picker from the Expiry Widget.
8921 *
8922 * @since 1.32
8923 * @deprecated 1.32
8924 * @var bool
8925 */
8926 $wgExpiryWidgetNoDatePicker = false;
8927
8928 /**
8929 * change_tag table schema migration stage.
8930 *
8931 * - MIGRATION_OLD: Do not use change_tag_def table or ct_tag_id.
8932 * - MIGRATION_WRITE_BOTH: Write to the change_tag_def table and ct_tag_id, but read from
8933 * the old schema. This is different from the formal definition of the constants
8934 * - MIGRATION_WRITE_NEW: Behaves the same as MIGRATION_WRITE_BOTH
8935 * - MIGRATION_NEW: Use the change_tag_def table and ct_tag_id, do not read/write ct_tag
8936 *
8937 * @since 1.32
8938 * @var int One of the MIGRATION_* constants
8939 */
8940 $wgChangeTagsSchemaMigrationStage = MIGRATION_OLD;
8941
8942 /**
8943 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
8944 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
8945 * @}
8946 */